Cycloalkyl alkanoic acids as integrin receptor antagonists derivatives

ABSTRACT

The present invention relates to a class of compounds represented by the Formula I 
                 
 
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds of the Formula I, and methods of selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the α v β 3  and/or α v β 5  integrin.

The present application is a Continuation-In-Part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/882,186, filed Jun. 15, 2001, which claims priority of Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/211,781 filed Jun. 15, 2000.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to pharmaceutical agents (compounds) which are α_(v)β₃ and/or α_(v)β₅ integrin antagonists and as such are useful in pharmaceutical compositions and in methods for treating conditions mediated by α_(v)β₃ and/or α_(v)β₅ integrins.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

The integrin α_(v)β₃ (also known as vitronectin receptor), is a member of the integrin family of heterodimeric transmembrane glycoprotein complexes that mediate cellular adhesion events and signal transduction processes. Integrin α_(v)β₃ is expressed in number of cell types and has been shown to mediate several biologically relevant processes, including adhesion of osteoclasts to the bone matrix, vascular smooth muscle cell migration and angiogenesis.

The integrin avb3 has been shown to play a role in various conditions or disease states including tumor metastasis, solid tumor growth (neoplasia), osteoporosis, Paget's disease, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, osteopenia, angiogenesis, including tumor angiogenesis, retinopathy including macular degeneration, arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, periodontal disease, psoriasis and smooth muscle cell migration (e.g. restenosis artherosclerosis). The compounds of the present invention are α_(v)β₃ antagonists and can be used, alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents, in the treatment or modulation of various conditions or disease states described above. Additionally, it has been found that such agents would be useful as antivirals, antifungals and antimicrobials

The integrin α_(v)β₅ plays a role in neovascularization. For instance, M. C. Friedlander, et al., Science, 270, 1500-1502 (1995) disclose that a monoclonal antibody for α_(v)β₅ inhibits VEFG-induced angiogenesis in the rabbit cornea and the chick chorioallantoic membrane model. Therefore the compounds of this invention which act as antagonists of the α_(v)β₅ integrin will inhibit neovascularization and will be useful for treating and preventing angiogenesis metastasis, tumor growth, macular degeneration and diabetic retionopathy.

It has been shown that the α_(v)β₃ integrin and other α_(v) containing integrins bind to a number of Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD) containing matrix macromolecules. Compounds containing the RGD sequence mimic extracellular matrix ligands so as to bind to cell surface receptors. However, it is also known that RGD peptides in general are non-selective for RGD dependent integrins. For example, most RGD peptides which bind to α_(v)β₃ also bind to α_(v)β₃, α_(v)β₁ and α_(IIb)β₃. Antagonism of platelet α_(IIb)β₃ (also known as the fibrinogen receptor) is known to block platelet aggregation in humans. In order to avoid bleeding side-effects when treating the conditions or disease states associated with the integrin α_(v)β₃, it would be beneficial to develop compounds which are selective antagonists of α_(v)β₃ as opposed to α_(IIb)β₃. Additionally, it may be beneficial to develop compounds that are selective against the β₁, β₆, and β₈ integrin subunits to further reduce toxicity.

Certain compounds of this invention antagonize both the α_(v)β₅ and the α_(v)β₃ receptor and therefore are referred to as “mixed α_(v)β₅/α_(v)β₃ antagonists” or “dual α_(v)β₃/α_(v)β₅ antagonists”. Such dual or mixed antagonists are useful for treating or preventing angiogenesis, tumor metastasis, tumor growth, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, atherosclerosis and osteoporosis. The compounds of the present invention further show greater selectivity for the α_(v)β₃ and/or α_(v)β₅ integrin than for the α_(v)β₅ integrin. It has been found that the selective antagonism of the α_(v)β₃ integrin is desirable in that the α_(v)β₆ integrin may play a role in normal physiological processes of tissue repair and cellular turnover that routinely occur in the skin and pulmonary tissue. Therefore, compounds of the present invention which selectively inihibit the α_(v)β₃ integrin as opposed to the α_(v)β₆ integrin have reduced side-effects associated with inhibtion of the α_(v)β₆ integrin.

The compounds of this invention are therefore 1) α_(v)β₃ integrin antagonists; or 2) α_(v)β₅ integrin antagonists; or 3) mixed or dual α_(v)β₃/α_(v)β₅ antagonists. The present invention includes compounds which inhibit the respective integrins and also includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds. The present invention further provides for methods for treating or preventing conditions mediated by the α_(v)β₃ and/or α_(v)β₅ receptors in a mammal in need of such treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the present invention and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. Administration of such compounds and compositions of the present invention inhibits angiogenesis, tumor metastasis, tumor growth, osteoporosis, Paget's disease, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, retinopathy, macular degeneration, arthritis, periodontal disease, smooth muscle cell migration, including restenosis and artherosclerosis, and viral diseases.

Tumor cell invasion occurs by a three step process: 1) tumor cell attachment to extracellular matrix; 2) proteolytic dissolution of the matrix; and 3) movement of the cells through the dissolved barrier. This process can occur repeatedly and can result in metastases at sites distant from the original tumor.

Seftor et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, Vol. 89 (1992) 1557-1561) have shown that the α_(v)β₃ integrin has a biological function in melanoma cell invasion. Montgomery et al., (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, Vol. 91 (1994) 8856-60) have demonstrated that the integrin α_(v)β₃ expressed on human melanoma cells promotes a survival signal, protecting the cells from apoptosis. Mediation of the tumor cell metastatic pathway by interference with the α_(v)β₃ integrin cell adhesion receptor to impede tumor metastasis would be beneficial.

Brooks et al. (Cell, Vol. 79 (1994) 1157-1164) have demonstrated that antagonists of α_(v)β₃ provide a therapeutic approach for the treatment of neoplasia (inhibition of solid tumor growth) since systemic administration of α_(v)β₃ antagonists causes dramatic regression of various histologically distinct human tumors.

The compounds of the present invention are useful for the treatment, including prevention of angiogenic disorders. The term angiogenic disorders include conditions involving abnormal neovascularization. The growth of new blood vessels, or angiogenesis, also contributes to pathological conditions such as diabetic retinopathy including macular degeneration (Adamis et al., Amer. J. Ophthal., Vol. 118, (1994) 445-450) and rheumatoid arthritis (Peacock et al., J. Exp. Med., Vol. 175, (1992), 1135-1138). Therefore, α_(v)β₃ antagonists would be useful therapeutic agents for treating such conditions associated with neovascularization (Brooks et al., Science, Vol. 264, (1994), 569-571).

It has been reported that the cell surface receptor α_(v)β₃ is the major integrin on osteoclasts responsible for attachment to bone. Osteoclasts cause bone resorption and when such bone resorbing activity exceeds bone forming activity it leads to an increased number of bone fractures, incapacitation and increased mortality. Antagonists of α_(v)β₃ have been shown to be potent inhibitors of osteoclastic activity both in vitro [Sato et al., J. Cell. Biol., Vol. 111 (1990) 1713-1723] and in vivo [Fisher et al., Endocrinology, Vol. 132 (1993) 1411-1413]. Antagonism of α_(v)β₃ leads to decreased bone resorption and therefore restores a normal balance of bone forming and resorbing activity. Thus it would be beneficial to provide antagonists of osteoclast α_(v)β₃ which are effective inhibitors of bone resorption and therefore are useful in the treatment or prevention of osteoporosis.

The role of the α_(v)β₃ integrin in smooth muscle cell migration also makes it a therapeutic target for prevention or inhibition of neointimal hyperplasia which is a leading cause of restenosis after vascular procedures (Choi et al., J. Vasc. Surg. Vol. 19(1) (1994) 125-34). Prevention or inhibition of neointimal hyperplasia by pharmaceutical agents to prevent or inhibit restenosis would be beneficial.

White (Current Biology, Vol. 3(9)(1993) 596-599) has reported that adenovirus uses α_(v)β₃ for entering host cells. The integrin appears to be required for endocytosis of the virus particle and may be required for penetration of the viral genome into the host cell cytoplasm. Thus compounds which inhibit α_(v)β₃ would find usefulness as antiviral agents.

M. C. Friedlander, et al., Science, 270, 1500-1502 (1995) disclose that a monoclonal antibody for α_(v)β₅ inhibits VEFG-induced angiogenesis in the rabbit cornea and the chick chorioallantoic membrane model.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to a class of compounds represented by the Formula I

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein

is a 4-8 membered monocyclic ring or a 7-12 membered bicyclic ring, which ring is optionally saturated or unsaturated; which ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxy, nitro, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, thioalkyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkylsulfonamide, acyl, acylamino, alkylsulfone, sulfonamide, allyl, alkenyl, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkynyl, carboxamide, cyano, and —(CH₂)_(n) COR wherein n is 0-2 and R is hydroxy, alkoxy, alkyl or amino;

A¹ is a 5-9 membered monocyclic ring or 7-12 membered bicyclic heterocycle ring of the formula

-   -   containing at least one nitrogen atom and optionally containing         1 to 4 heteroatoms, selected from the group consisting of O, N,         S, SO₂ and CO; optionally saturated or unsaturated; optionally         substituted by one or more R^(k) is selected from the group         consisting of hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, thioalkyl,         cyano, amino, alkylamino, haloalkyl, halogen, acylamino,         sulfonamide and —COR wherein R is hydroxy, alkoxy, alkyl or         amino;

-   or A¹ is

-    wherein Y¹ is selected from the group consisting of N—R², O, and S;     -   R² is selected from the group consisting of H; alkyl; aryl;         hydroxy; alkoxy; cyano; amido; alkylcarbonyl; arylcarbonyl;         alkoxycarbonyl; aryloxycarbonyl; haloalkylcarbonyl;         haloalkoxycarbonyl; alkylthiocarbonyl; arylthiocarbonyl;         acyloxymethoxycarbonyl;     -   R² taken together with R⁷ forms a 4-12 membered dinitrogen         containing heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more         substituent selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl,         thioalkyl, alkylamino, hydroxy, keto, alkoxy, halo, phenyl,         amino, carboxyl or carboxyl ester;

-   or R² taken together with R⁷ forms a 4-12 membered heterocycle     containing one or more heteroatom selected from O, N and S     optionally unsaturated;

-   or R² taken together with R⁷ forms a 5 membered heteroaromatic ring     fused with a aryl or heteroaryl ring;     -   R⁷ (when not taken together with R²) and R⁸ are independently         selected from the group consisting of H; alkyl; aralkyl; amino;         alkylamino; hydroxy; alkoxy; arylamino; amido, alkylcarbonyl,         arylcarbonyl; alkoxycarbonyl; aryloxy; aryloxycarbonyl;         haloalkylcarbonyl; haloalkoxycarbonyl; alkylthiocarbonyl;         arylthiocarbonyl; acyloxymethoxycarbonyl; cycloalkyl;         bicycloalkyl; aryl; acyl; benzoyl;

-   or NR⁷ and R⁸ taken together form a 4-12 membered mononitrogen     containing monocyclic or bicyclic ring optionally substituted with     one or more substituent selected from lower alkyl, carboxyl     derivatives, aryl or hydroxy and wherein said ring optionally     contains a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and     S;     -   R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of H, and alkyl;

-   or     -   A is     -   wherein Y² is selected from the group consisting of alkyl;         cycloalkyl; bicycloalkyl; aryl; monocyclic heterocycles;     -   Z₁ is selected from the group consisting of CH₂, O, NH, NR_(k),         CO, S, SO, and SO₂, wherein R_(k) is selected from H or lower         alkyl;     -   Z₂ is a 2-5 carbon linker optionally containing one or more         heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S and N;     -   alternatively Z₁-Z₂ may further contain a carboxamide, sulfone,         oxime, sulfonamide, alkenyl, alkynyl, or acyl group;     -   wherein the carbon and nitrogen atoms of Z₁-Z₂ are optionally         substituted by alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, alkylsulfone, aryl,         alkoxyalkyl, hydroxy, alkylamino, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl,         carboxyalkyl, halogen, haloalkyl or acylamino;     -   wherein Z₂-Z₁ is attached to     -    at the para or meta position relative to the X₁ substituent;     -   n is an integer 0, 1 or 2;     -   R^(c) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; alkyl;         halogen, hydroxy, nitro, alkoxy, amino, haloalkyl, aryl,         heteroaryl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, thioalkyl,         alkylamino, arylamino, alkylsulfonylamino, acyl, acylamino,         sulfonyl, sulfonamide, allyl, alkenyl, methylenedioxy,         ethylenedioxy, alkynyl, alkynylalkyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl,         carboxamido, cyano, and —(CH₂)_(n)—COR wherein n is 0-2 and R is         selected from hydroxy, alkoxy, alkyl and amino;     -   X₁ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, CO, SO₂, NR^(m)         and (CHR^(p))_(q); wherein R^(m) is H or alkyl; R^(p) is H,         alkyl, alkoxy or hydroxy and q is 0 or 1;     -   X₂ is selected from the group consisting of —CHR^(e)—, CO, SO₂,         O, NR^(f) and S;     -   R^(e) is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, hydroxy         and alkoxy; R^(f) is H or alkyl;     -   X or Y are independently selected from the group consisting of         —CR^(g)— or —N— wherein R^(g) is selected from the group         consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, fluoro, alkoxyalkyl, alkynyl,         aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkylsulfone, heteroaralkyl, hydroxy,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, and carboxyalkyl;     -   The group X-X₂-Y optionally contains a moiety selected from the         group consisting of acyl, alkyl, amino, ether, thioether,         sulfone, and olefin;     -    forms a 3-8 membered monocyclic ring system; or an 8-11         membered bicyclic system; optionally saturated or unsaturated;         the monocyclic ring system optionally containing 1-2 heteroatoms         selected from N, O and S; the bicyclic ring system optionally         containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, S or optionally         containing the group such as SO₂ or CO); and optionally         substituted with one or more substituent selected from the group         consisting of alkyl, halogen, cyano, carboalkoxy, haloalkyl,         alkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfone, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl,         heteroaralkyl or alkoxy;     -   R^(b) is X₃—R^(h) wherein X₃ is selected from the group         consisting of O, S and NR^(j) wherein R^(h) and R^(j) are         independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl,         acyl, aryl, aralkyl and alkoxyalkyl; and     -   and n is 0, 1 or 2.

It is another object of the invention to provide pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds of the Formula I. Such compounds and compositions are useful in selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the α_(v)β₃ and/or α_(v)β₅ integrin(s) and therefore in another embodiment the present invention relates to a method of selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the α_(v)β₃ and/or α_(v)β₅ integrin(s). The invention further involves treating or inhibiting pathological conditions associated therewith such as osteoporosis, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, Paget's disease, tumor metastasis, solid tumor growth (neoplasia), angiogenesis, including tumor angiogenesis, retinopathy including macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, periodontal disease, psoriasis, smooth muscle cell migration including restenosis or atherosclerosis in a mammal in need of such treatment. Additionally, such pharmaceutical agents are useful as antiviral agents, antifungals and antimicrobials. The compounds of the present invention may be used alone or in combination with other pharmaceutical agents.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

The present invention relates to a class of compounds represented by the Formula I, described above.

In another embodiment of the present invention

is aryl or fused aryl optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from lower alkyl, halogen, alkoxy, hydroxy, cyano, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino or methylsulfonamide.

Another embodiments of

include the following heterocyclic ring systems containing at least one nitrogen atom:

wherein R¹ is H, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, acyl, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, or alkoxycarbonyl; and Z is H, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, hydroxyalkyl, halogen or haloalkyl.

More specifically another embodiments include pyridylamino, imidazolylamino, oxazolylamino, thiazolylamino, pyrimidinylamino, quinoline, isoquinoline, morpholinopyridine, tetrahydronaphthyridine, tetrahydroquinoline, imidazopyridine, benzimidazole, pyridone or quinolone.

The following heteroaryls include the ring systems as described above.

For the pyridyl derived heterocycle, the substituents X₄ and X₅ are preferentially H, alkyl, branched alkyl, alkylamino, alkoxyalkylamino, haloalkyl, thioalkyl, halogen, amino, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxy, cyano or acylamino groups. In another embodiment of the invention, the substituents X₄ and X₅ can be methyl, methoxy, amine, methylamine, dimethylamine, hydroxy, chloro, bromo, fluoro, trifluoromethyl and cyano. X₆ may preferentially be H, alkyl, halogen (F, Cl) alkoxy or haloalkyl. Alternately, the pyridyl ring can be fused with a 4-8 membered ring, optionally saturated or unsaturated. Some examples of these ring systems include quinoline, azaquinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, imidazopyridine and the like. The monocyclic ring systems such as imidazole, thiazole, oxazole, and the like, may contain an amino or alkylamino substituent at any position within the ring.

In another embodiment of the present invention, when Z₁ of Formula I is CO or SO₂, the linkage A¹-Z₂ of Formula I preferentially includes the following heterocycle derived ring systems: pyridine, imidazole, thiazole, oxazole, benzimidazole, imidazopyridine and the like.

Other preferred heterocycles formed by the A₁-Z₂ moiety of the present invention include

The substituent R^(c) is preferably alkyl, halogen, alkoxy, hydroxy, cyano, a carboxyl derivative or methyl sulfonamide.

The invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing therapeutically effective amounts of the compounds of Formula I.

The invention also relates to a method of selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the α_(v)β₃ integrin and/or the α_(v)β₅ integrin and more specifically relates to a method of inhibiting bone resorption, periodontal disease, osteoporosis, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, Paget's disease, tumor metastasis, solid tumor growth (neoplasia), angiogenesis, including tumor angiogenesis, retinopathy including macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, smooth muscle cell migration, including restenosis and atherosclerosis by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the Formula I to achieve such inhibition together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

The following is a list of definitions of various terms used herein:

As used herein, the terms “alkyl” or “lower alkyl” refer to a straight chain or branched chain hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such alkyl radicals are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, and the like.

As used herein the terms “alkenyl” or “lower alkenyl” refer to unsaturated acyclic hydrocarbon radicals containing at least one double bond and 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, which carbon—carbon double bond may have either cis or trans geometry within the alkenyl moiety, relative to groups substituted on the double bond carbons. Examples of such groups are ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl and the like.

As used herein the terms “alkynyl” or “lower alkynyl” refer to acyclic hydrocarbon radicals containing one or more triple bonds and 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such groups are ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl and the like.

The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein means saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic carbon radicals containing 3 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 4 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such cycloalkyl radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl, and the like.

The term “aryl” as used herein denotes aromatic ring systems composed of one or more aromatic rings. Preferred aryl groups are those consisting of one, two or three aromatic rings. The term embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl, thiophene, furan, biphenyl and the like.

As used herein, the term “cyano” is represented by a radical of the formula 2

The terms “hydroxy” and “hydroxyl” as used herein are synonymous and are represented by a radical of the formula 3

The term “lower alkylene” or “alkylene” as used herein refers to divalent linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon radicals of 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.

As used herein the term “alkoxy” refers to straight or branched chain oxy containing radicals of the formula —OR²⁰, wherein R²⁰ is an alkyl group as defined above. Examples of alkoxy groups encompassed include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, n-butoxy, isopropoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, t-butoxy and the like.

As used herein the terms “arylalkyl” or “aralkyl” refer to a radical of

the formula4 wherein R²¹ is aryl as defined above and R²² is an alkylene as defined above. Examples of aralkyl groups include benzyl, pyridylmethyl, naphthylpropyl, phenethyl and the like.

As used herein the term “nitro” is represented by a radical of the formula 5

As used herein the term “halo” or “halogen” refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo.

As used herein the term “haloalkyl” refers to alkyl groups as defined above substituted with one or more of the same or different halo groups at one or more carbon atom. Examples of haloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl, dichloroethyl, fluoropropyl and the like.

As used herein the term “carboxyl” or “carboxy” refers to a radical of the formula —COOH.

As used herein the term “carboxyl ester” refers to a radical of the formula —COOR²³ wherein R²³ is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aralkyl or aryl as defined above.

As used herein the term “carboxyl derivative” refers to a radical of the formula

6 wherein Y⁶ and Y⁷ are independently selected from the group consisting of O, N or S and R²³ is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aralkyl or aryl as defined above.

As used herein the term “amino” is represented by a radical of the formula —NH₂.

As used herein the term “alkylsulfonyl” or “alkylsulfone” refers to a radical of the

formula7 wherein R²⁴ is alkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “alkylthio” refers to a radical of the formula—SR²⁴ wherein R²⁴ is alkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “sulfonic acid” refers to a radical of the

formula8 wherein R²⁵ is alkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “sulfonamide” or “sulfonamido” refers to a radical of the

formula 9wherein R⁷ and R⁸ are as defined above.

As used herein the term “fused aryl” refers to an aromatic ring such as the aryl groups defined above fused to one or more phenyl rings. Embraced by the term “fused aryl” is the radical naphthyl and the like.

As used herein the terms “monocyclic heterocycle” or “monocyclic heterocyclic” refer to a monocyclic ring containing from 4 to about 12 atoms, and more preferably from 5 to about 10 atoms, wherein 1 to 3 of the atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur with the understanding that if two or more different heteroatoms are present at least one of the heteroatoms must be nitrogen. Representative of such monocyclic heterocycles are imidazole, furan, pyridine, oxazole, pyran, triazole, thiophene, pyrazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, and the like.

As used herein the term “fused monocyclic heterocycle” refers to a monocyclic heterocycle as defined above with a benzene fused thereto. Examples of such fused monocyclic heterocycles include benzofuran, benzopyran, benzodioxole, benzothiazole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole and the like.

As used herein the term “methylenedioxy” refers to the

radical and the term “ethylenedioxy” refers to the radical

1011 As used herein the term “4-12 membered dinitrogen containing heterocycle refers to a radical of the formula

12 wherein m is an integer 1 to 1 and R¹⁹ is H, alkyl, aryl, or aralkyl and more preferably refers to 4-9 membered ring and includes rings such as imidazoline.

As used herein the term “5-membered optionally substituted heteroaromatic ring” includes for example a radical of the formula

and “5-membered heteroaromatic ring fused with a phenyl” refers to such a “5-membered heteroaromatic ring” with a phenyl fused thereto. Representative of such 5-membered heteroaromatic rings fused with a phenyl is benzimidazole.

As used herein the term “bicycloalkyl” refers to a bicyclic hydrocarbon radical containing 6 to about 12 carbon atoms which is saturated or partially unsaturated.

As used herein the term “acyl” refers to a radical of the formula

13 wherein R²⁶ is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or aralkyl and optionally substituted thereon as defined above. Encompassed by such radical are the groups acetyl, benzoyl and the like.

As used herein the term “thio” refers to a radical of the formula 14

As used herein the term “sulfonyl” refers to a radical of the formula 15

wherein R²⁷ is alkyl, aryl or aralkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “haloalkylthio” refers to a radical of the formula —S—R²⁸ wherein R²⁸ is haloalkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “aryloxy” refers to a radical of the formula

16 wherein R²⁹ is aryl as defined above.

As used herein the term “acylamino” refers to a radical of the formula

wherein R³⁰ is alkyl, aralkyl or aryl as defined above.

As used herein the term “amido” refers to a radical of the formula

17.

As used herein the term “alkylamino” refers to a radical of the formula —NHR³² wherein R³² is alkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “dialkylamino” refers to a radical of the formula —NR³³R³⁴ wherein R³³ and R³⁴ are the same or different alkyl groups as defined above.

As used herein the term “trifluoromethyl” refers to a radical of the formula

18 As used herein the term “trifluoroalkoxy” refers to a radical of the formula

19 wherein R³⁵ is a bond or an alkylene as defined above.

As used herein the term “alkylaminosulfonyl” or “alkylsulfonamide” refer to a radical of the formula

20 wherein R³⁶ is alkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “alkylsulfonylamino” refers to a radical of the formula

21 wherein R³⁶ is alkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “trifluoromethylthio” refers to a radical of the formula

22.

As used herein the term “trifluoromethylsulfonyl” refers to a radical of the formula

23.

As used herein the term “4-12 membered mono-nitrogen containing monocyclic or bicyclic ring” refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic ring of 4-12 atoms and more preferably a ring of 4-9 atoms wherein one atom is nitrogen. Such rings may optionally contain additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Included within this group are morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, thiomorpholine, pyrrolidine, proline, azacycloheptene and the like.

As used herein the term “benzyl” refers to the radical

24.

As used herein the term “phenethyl” refers to the radical

25.

As used herein the term “4-12 membered mono-nitrogen containing monosulfur or monooxygen containing heterocyclic ring” refers to a ring consisting of 4 to 12 atoms and more preferably 4 to 9 atoms wherein at least one atom is a nitrogen and at least one atom is oxygen or sulfur. Encompassed within this definition are rings such as thiazoline and the like.

As used herein the term “alkylcarbonyl” refers to a radical of the formula

26 wherein R⁵⁰ is alkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “arylcarbonyl” refers to a radical of the formula

27 wherein R⁵¹ is aryl as defined above.

As used herein the term “alkoxycarbonyl” refers to a radical of the formula

28 wherein R⁵² is alkoxy as defined above.

As used herein the term “aryloxycarbonyl” refers to a radical of the formula

29 wherein R⁵¹ is aryl as defined above.

As used herein the term “haloalkylcarbonyl” refers to a radical of the formula

30 wherein R⁵³ is haloalkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “haloalkoxycarbonyl” refers to a radical of the formula

31 wherein R⁵³ is haloalkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “alkylthiocarbonyl” refers to a radical of the formula

32 wherein R⁵⁰ is alkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “arylthiocarbonyl” refers to a radical of the formula

33 wherein R⁵¹ is aryl as defined above.

As used herein the term “acyloxymethoxycarbonyl” refers to a radical of the formula

34 wherein R⁵⁴ is acyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “arylamino” refers to a radical of the formula R⁵¹—NH— wherein R⁵¹ is aryl as defined above.

As used herein the term “alkylamido” refers to a radical of the formula

35 wherein R⁵⁰ is alkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “N,N-dialkylamido” refers to a radical of the formula

36 wherein R⁵⁰ is the same or different alkyl group as defined above.

As used herein the term “acyloxy” refers to a radical of the formula R⁵⁵—O— wherein R⁵⁵ is acyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “alkenylene” refers to a linear hydrocarbon radical of 1 to about 8 carbon atoms containing at least one double bond.

As used herein the term “alkoxyalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula

wherein R⁵⁶ is alkoxy as defined above and R⁵⁷ is alkylene as defined above.

As used herein the term “alkynylalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula R⁵⁹—R⁶⁰— wherein R⁵⁹ is alkynyl as defined as above and R⁶⁰ is alkylene as defined as above.

As used herein the term “alkynylene” refers to divalent alkynyl radicals of 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.

As used herein the term “allyl” refers of a radical of the formula —CH₂CH═CH₂.

As used herein the term “aminoalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula H₂N—R⁶¹ wherein R⁶¹ is alkylene as defined above.

As used herein the term “benzoyl” refers to the aryl radical C₆H₅—CO—.

As used herein the terms “carboxamide” or “carboxamido” refer to a radical of the formula —CO—NH₂.

As used herein the term “carboxyalkyl” refers to a radical HOOC—R⁶²— wherein R⁶² is alkylene as defined as above.

As used herein the term “carboxylic acid” refers to the radical —COOH.

As used herein the term “ether” refers to a radical of the formula R⁶³—O— wherein R⁶³ is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl.

As used herein the term “haloalkylsulfonyl” refers to a radical of the formula

wherein the R⁶⁴ is haloalkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “heteroaryl” refers to an aryl radical contain at least one heteroatom.

As used herein the term “hydroxyalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula HO—R⁶⁵— wherein R⁶⁵ is alkylene as defined above.

As used herein the term “keto” refers to a carbonyl group joined to 2 carbon atoms.

As used herein the term “lactone” refers to an anhydro cyclic ester produced by intramolecular condensation of a hydroxy acid with the elimination of water.

As used herein the term “olefin” refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon radical of the type C_(n)H_(2n).

As used herein the term “sulfone” refers to a radical of the formula R⁶⁶—SO₂—.

As used herein the term “thioalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula R⁷⁷—S— wherein R⁷⁷ is alkyl as defined above.

As used herein the term “thioether” refers to a radical of the formula R⁷⁸—S— wherein R⁷⁸ is alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

As used herein the term “trifluoroalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical as defined above substituted with three halo radicals as defined above.

The term “composition” as used herein means a product which results from the mixing or combining of more than one element or ingredient.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier”, as used herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a chemical agent.

The term “therapeutically effective amount” shall mean that amount of drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system or animal that is being sought by a researcher or clinician.

The following is a list of abbreviations and the corresponding meanings as used interchangeably herein:

¹H-NMR=proton nuclear magnetic resonance

AcOH=acetic acid

Bn=benzyl

Boc=tert-butoxycarbonyl

Cat.=catalytic amount

CH₂Cl₂ =dichloromethane

CH₃CN=acetonitrile

CHN analysis=carbon/hydrogen/nitrogen elemental analysis

DIBAL=diisobutylaluminum hydride

DI water=deionized water

DMF=N,N-dimethylformamide

DMSO=dimethylsulfoxide

Et=ethyl

EtI=ethyliodide

Et₂O=diethyl ether

Et₃N=triethylamine

EtOAc=ethyl acetate

EtOH=ethanol

g=gram(s)

HPLC=high performance liquid chromatography

i-Pr=iso propyl

i-Prop=iso propyl

K₂CO₃=potassium carbonate

KOH=potassium hydroxide

L=Liter

LiOH=lithium hydroxide

Me=methyl

MeI=methyl iodide

MeOH=methanol

mg=milligram

MgSO₄=magnesium sulfate

ml=milliliter

mL=milliliter

MS=mass spectroscopy

MTBE=methyl t-butyl ether

N₂=nitrogen

NaH-sodium hydride

NaHCO₃=sodium bicarbonate

NaOH=sodium hydroxide

NaOMe=sodium methoxide

Na₂PO₄=sodium phosphate

Na₂SO₄=sodium sulfate

NH₄HCO₃=ammonium bicarbonate

NH₄ ⁺HCO₂ ⁻=ammonium formate

NH₄OH=ammonium hydroxide

NMR=nuclear magnetic resonance

Pd=palladium

Pd/C=palladium on carbon

Ph=phenyl

Pt=platinum

Pt/C=platinum on carbon

RPHPLC=reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography

RT=room temperature

t-BOC=tert-butoxycarbonyl

TFA=trifluoroacetic acid

THF=tetrahydrofuran

Δ=heating the reaction mixture

The compounds as shown above can exist in various isomeric forms and all such isomeric forms are meant to be included. Tautomeric forms are also included as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such isomers and tautomers.

In the structures and formulas herein, a bond drawn across a bond of a ring can be to any available atom on the ring.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt prepared by contacting a compound of Formula I with an acid whose anion is generally considered suitable for human consumption. For use in medicine, the salts of the compounds of this invention are non-toxic “pharmaceutically acceptable salts.” Salts encompassed within the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refer to non-toxic salts of the compounds of this invention which are generally prepared by reacting the free base with a suitable organic or inorganic acid. Representative salts include the following: benzenesulfonate, hydrobromide and hydrochloride. Furthermore, where the compounds of the invention carry an acidic moiety, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may include alkali metal salts, e.g., sodium or potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts, e.g., calcium or magnesium salts; and salts formed with suitable organic ligands, e.g., quaternary ammonium salts. All of the pharmacologically acceptable salts may be prepared by conventional means. (See Berge et al., J Pharm. Sci., 66(1), 1-19 (1977) for additional examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.)

The compounds of the present invention can have chiral centers and occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, diastereomeric mixtures, and as individual diastereomers or enantiomers, with all isomeric forms included in the present invention. Therefore, where a compound is chiral, the separate enantiomers or diastereomers, substantially free of the other, are included within the scope of the present invention; further included are all mixtures of the enantiomers or diastereomers. Also included within the scope of the invention are polymorphs, or hydrates or other modifiers of the compounds of invention.

The present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of this invention. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds of this invention which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound. For example, prodrugs of a carboxylic acid may include an ester, an amide, or an ortho-ester. Thus, in the methods of treatment of the present invention, the term “administering” shall encompass the treatment of the various conditions described with the compound specifically disclosed or with a compound which may not be specifically disclosed, but which converts to the compound of Formula I in vivo after administration to the patient. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in “Design of Prodrugs,” ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Metabolites of these compounds include active species produced upon introduction of compounds of this invention into the biological milieu.

For the selective inhibition or antagonism of α_(v)β₃ and/or α_(v)β₅ integrins, compounds of the present invention may be administered orally, parenterally, or by inhalation spray, or topically in unit dosage formulations containing conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles. The term parenteral as used herein includes, for example, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal, transmuscular infusion techniques or intraperitonally.

The compounds of the present invention are administered by any suitable route in the form of a pharmaceutical composition adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended. Therapeutically effective doses of the compounds required to prevent or arrest the progress of or to treat the medical condition are readily ascertained by one of ordinary skill in the art using preclinical and clinical approaches familiar to the medicinal arts.

Accordingly, the present invention provides a method of treating conditions mediated by selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the α_(v)β₃ and/or α_(v)β₅ cell surface receptor which method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from the class of compounds depicted in the above formulas, wherein one or more compound is administered in association with one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants (collectively referred to herein as “carrier” materials) and if desired other active ingredients. More specifically, the present invention provides a method for selective antagonism of the α_(v)β₃ and/or α_(v)β₅ cell surface receptors over α_(v)β₃ or α_(v)β₆ integrin receptors. Most preferably the present invention provides a method for inhibiting bone resorption, treating osteoporosis, inhibiting humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, treating Paget's disease, inhibiting tumor metastasis, inhibiting neoplasia (solid tumor growth), inhibiting angiogenesis including tumor angiogenesis, treating retinopathy including macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy, inhibiting arthritis, psoriasis and periodontal disease, and inhibiting smooth muscle cell migration including restenosis.

Based upon standard laboratory experimental techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by those skilled in the art, as well as comparisons with compounds of known usefulness, the compounds of Formula I can be used in the treatment of patients suffering from the above pathological conditions. One skilled in the art will recognize that selection of the most appropriate compound of the invention is within the ability of one with ordinary skill in the art and will depend on a variety of factors including assessment of results obtained in standard assay and animal models.

Treatment of a patient afflicted with one of the pathological conditions comprises administering to such a patient an amount of compound of the Formula I which is therapeutically effective in controlling the condition or in prolonging the survivability of the patient beyond that expected in the absence of such treatment. As used herein, the term “inhibition” of the condition refers to slowing, interrupting, arresting or stopping the condition and does not necessarily indicate a total elimination of the condition. It is believed that prolonging the survivability of a patient, beyond being a significant advantageous effect in and of itself, also indicates that the condition is beneficially controlled to some extent.

As stated previously, the compounds of the invention can be used in a variety of biological, prophylactic or therapeutic areas. It is contemplated that these compounds are useful in prevention or treatment of any disease state or condition wherein the α_(v)β₃ and/or α_(v)β₅ integrin plays a role.

The dosage regimen for the compounds and/or compositions containing the compounds is based on a variety of factors, including the type, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition; the route of administration; and the activity of the particular compound employed. Thus the dosage regimen may vary widely. Dosage levels of the order from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of the above-indicated conditions.

Oral dosages of the present invention, when used for the indicated effects, will range between about 0.01 mg per kg of body weight per day (mg/kg/day) to about 100 mg/kg/day, preferably 0.01 to 10 mg/kg/day, and most preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mg/kg/day. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100, 200 and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated. A medicament typically contains from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient, preferably, from about 1 mg to about 100 mg of active ingredient. Intravenously, the most preferred doses will range from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg/minute during a constant rate infusion. Advantageously, compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. Furthermore, preferred compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittant throughout the dosage regiment.

For administration to a mammal in need of such treatment, the compounds in a therapeutically effective amount are ordinarily combined with one or more adjuvants appropriate to the indicated route of administration. The compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulphuric acids, gelatin, acacia, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and tableted or encapsulated for convenient administration. Alternatively, the compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, and/or various buffers. Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art.

The pharmaceutical compositions useful in the present invention may be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or may contain conventional pharmaceutical adjuvants such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, buffers, etc.

The general synthetic sequences for preparing the compounds useful in the present invention are outlined in SCHEMES 1-11. Both an explanation of, and the actual procedures for, the various aspects of the present invention are described where appropriate. The following SCHEMES and EXAMPLES are intended to be merely illustrative of the present invention, and not limiting thereof in either scope or spirit. Those with skill in the art will readily understand that known variations of the conditions and processes described in the SCHEMES and EXAMPLES can be used to synthesize the compounds of the present invention.

Scheme 1

The compounds of FORMULA A₁₇ are generally prepared by reacting an intermediate of formula A₁₆ with a compound of the formula A₁₅. For example, when Z₃ is a (OH, SH or NHR), A₁₆ may be alkylated with A₁₅ (Z₄=Br or OMs) using base such as (sodium hydride, potassium hydride) preferably in a solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide or DMF. These reactions may preferentially be carried at 0° C. to approximately 40° C. Alternately, when Z₃ and Z₄ are both OH, the ether formation to product A₁₇ may be accomplished by using Mitsunobu reaction. This reaction may preferentially be carried out using triarylphosphine (such as triphenylphoshine) and dialkylazodicarboxylate (such as diethyl azodicarboxylate, di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate, di-iso-propyl azodicarboxylate) in solvents such as DMF, methylene chloride, THF and the like. When Z₃ carries a carboxylic acid or a sulfonic acid and Z₄ is an amine, standard coupling conditions may be used to synthesize the target A₁₇ compounds containing carboxamide (CONH) or the sulfonamide (SO₂NH).

Alternately, the compounds of FORMULA A₁₇ may be prepared by starting with compounds of general formula A₁₈. For example, when Z₅ in A₁₈ is NH₂, cyclic or acyclic guanidino containing compounds of formula A₁₇ may be synthesized by adopting the methodologies set forth in e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 5,852,210, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,773,646, hereby incorporated by reference. Similarly, compounds of formula A₁₈ (Z₅=NH₂) may be treated with appropriately substituted heteroaromatic system (such as 2-halopyridine N-oxide) to give the target compound A₁₇. This reaction may preferentially be carried out by refluxing the intermediate A₁₈ and 2-halopyridine (such as 2-fluoropyridine, 2-chloropyridine N-oxide) in solvents such as tert-butyl alcohol, tert-amyl alcohol in the presence of base (such as sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate).

When compounds of formula A₁₇ contain N-oxide (e.g., pyridine N-oxide), the deoxygenation is preferentially carried out using transfer hydrogenation conditions (such as cyclohexene/Pd on carbon or ammonium formate and Pd on carbon. When R^(b) is OR, the hydrolysis of the resulting ester may be carried out using an aqueous base such as sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and using co-solvents as methanol, ethanol or THF.

Compounds of the general formula A₁₅, A₁₆, A₁₈ may be prepared by methodologies discussed in SCHEMES 2-11 which follow.

Scheme 2

Compounds of the FORMULA A₄ may be prepared by starting with a substituted cinnamyl alcohol of formula A₁. The compounds of formula A₁ may be synthesized from the corresponding cinnamic acid or its esters by reduction with e.g.; DIBAL, lithium borohydride or the like. Cyclopropanation of A₁ using Simmons-Smith reaction gives the cyclopropyl containing intermediate A₂. The conditions described in e g.; Chem. Letts; 61-64, 1992; Bull. Chem. Soc., Japan, 70, 207-217, 1997 and the references cited therein may be used for this reaction. Oxidation of resulting alcohol (using e.g., oxalyl chloride, DMSO) followed by homologation, as described in Tetrahedron Lett; 25, 4549-4552, 1984, gives the enol ether A₃. Hydrolysis of the enol ether A₃ with e.g., 1N HCl and oxidation of the resulting aldehyde with e.g.; silver nitrate gives the acid A₄ The acid may be esterified using an alcohol (such as ethanol) and an acid catalyst. The intermediate A₄ is processed to the compounds of Formula I by synthetic transformations as outlined in SCHEME 1.

Scheme 3

Compounds of FORMULA A₇ containing a cyclopentyl ring may be prepared by starting with readily accessible intermediate A₅ by reaction of 2-chloro-cyclopentanone with aryl magnesium halide (see e.g, Can. J. Chem., 70, 1274-1280, 1992; Chem. Pharm. Bull., 34, 3599, 1986). Using Wittig or Horner-Emmons reaction, the compound A₅ is converted to the olefin containing intermediate A₆. This reaction is carried out using trialkyl phosphonoacetate (such as triethyl phosphonoacetate, trimethyl phosphonoacetate) and a base (e.g., sodium hydride, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide). This reaction is generally done at low temperature (0-30° C.) and using THF, DMF as solvents. The isomeric mixtures of olefin containing compounds are hydrogenated using e.g, Pd on carbon or Pt on carbon as catalyst. This reduction is carried under pressure of hydrogen (preferably 5-60 psi) to give the desired intermediate A₇. The intermediate A₇ is processed to the compounds of Formula I by synthetic transformations outlined in SCHEME 1.

Scheme 4

Compounds of FORMULA I with a cyclopentyl ring substituted in a 1,3-arrangement are prepared by starting with readily accessible intermediate A₈. The methodology described in e.g.; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 67, 286, 1945; or J. Med. Chem., 33, 2828, 1990 may be used to synthesize A₈ with a variety of substituents on the aryl ring. Elaboration of carbonyl functionality of A₈ to intermediate A₁₀ may be accomplished in a similar manner as described in SCHEME 3. The intermediate A₈ is processed to the compounds of Formula I by synthetic transformations outlined in SCHEME 1.

Scheme 5

Compounds of FORMULA I, wherein X₁ is CH₂ are prepared starting with commercially accessible intermediate A₁₁. Reduction of the carboxylic acid functionality in A₁₁ with e g; diborane or lithium aluminum hydride gives the hydroxymethyl derivative which may be elaborated to CH₂CO₂R functionality using the methodology elaborated in EXAMPLE 1. Demethylation of the intermediate with a boron trihalide such as boron tribromide, boron trichloride gives the demethylated intermediates A₁₃ which is processed to the compounds of Formula I by synthetic transformations as outlined in SCHEME 1

Scheme 6

The compounds of FORMULA I, wherein A¹ is substituted pyridyl may be prepared by adopting the general synthetic SCHEME 6. For example, reaction of substituted 2-halopyridine N-oxide (such as A_(19a)-A_(19d)) with e.g. 3-aminopropanol gives the intermediates A_(20a)-A_(20d). This reaction may preferentially be carried out by refluxing the intermediate 2-halopyridine N-oxide (such as 2-chloropyridine N-oxide) in solvents such as tert-butyl alcohol, tert-amyl alcohol in the presence of base (such as sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate). The preparative conditions described in WO 99/15508 (PCT US 98/19466) may be used for this transformation.

Coupling of the intermediates A_(20a)-A_(20d) with A₁₆ using Mitsunobu reaction gives the compounds containing the ether link. This reaction may preferentially be carried out using triarylphosphine (such as triphenyl-phoshine) and dialkylazodicarboxylate (such as diethyl azodicarboxylate, di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate, di-iso-propyl azodicarboxylate) in solvents such as DMF, methylene chloride, or THF. N-Deoxygenation of resulting intermediates followed by hydrolysis of the ester gives the compounds (A_(21a)-A_(21d)).

Reduction of the N-oxide bond may be accomplished using e.g., transfer hydrogenation (cyclohexene/Pd on carbon) or ammonium formate and Pd on carbon. The nitro group in A_(21d) may be hydrogenated using Pd on carbon or Pt on carbon as catalysts. This transformation may be carried out using solvents such as methanol, ethanol or THF. The hydrolysis of the ester group may be carried using aqueous base (such as sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide) in solvents such as methanol, ethanol and THF.

Compounds of Formula I containing a heterocycle other than pyridyl can also be prepared using the methodology of SCHEME 6. For example reaction of 2-bromopyrimidine or 1-chloroisoquinoline N-oxide with 3-amino-propanol gives the analogous intermediates as obtained in STEP 1 of SCHEME 6. The resulting intermediates could be elaborated as in SCHEME 6 to give the pyrimidine and isoquinoline containing compounds of FORMULA I.

Scheme 7

Compounds of FORMULA I containing 6-amino substituents may be prepared as shown in SCHEME 7. The intermediate A_(22b) can be prepared as described in J. Med. Chem 43, 22, 2000. Boc-protected 2-amino-6-picoline (A_(22a1)) or its ethylated derivative (A_(22c1)) are elaborated to A_(22a) and A_(22c) as shown for case A_(22b) in the above publication. The ethylated intermediate A_(22c1) may be prepared from A_(22a1) by alkylation using e.g.; EtI and a base such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate. This reaction may preferentially be carried out in polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, or dimethylacetamide. Mitsunobu reaction of A₁₆, gives the compounds containing the phenol ether. Removal of Boc group using e.g., trifluoroacetic acid, in solvents such as dichloromethane, followed by hydrolysis of the ester group as discussed in SCHEME 6 above gives the compounds (A_(23a)-A_(23c)).

Scheme 8

The cyclopropyl compounds having a substituent at the β-position to the carboxylic acid can be prepared as shown in scheme above. For example, Horner Emmons reaction of 4-substituted benzaldehyde with triethyl phosphonoalkanoate (A) gives the olefin containing intermediate. This reaction may be carried out in the presence of a base (e.g.; NaH, sodium tert-butoxide and the like) in a solvent such as THF or DMF. The methodology described in e.g.; Synthesis 661-664 (1986) and Synth. Communication 18, 1349-1362 (1988) may be used to synthesize intermediate (A₂). The sequence of reactions described in EXAMPLE 1 can be used to accomplish the synthesis of the target compounds (B₁ and B₂).

Scheme 9

The target compounds of FORMULA 1 with variations in heteroarylamine A1 can be prepared following the reaction sequence shown in SCHEME 9 above. The reductive amination of arylamine (A₂₄) with an aliphatic aldehyde (A₂₅) gives the intermediate A₂₆ containing the aliphatic chain. This reaction may preferentially be carried out by using sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium borohydride as reducing agent and using methyene chloride, ethyl alcohol or tetrahydrofuran as solvent. Commercially accessible heteroarylamine such as 2-amnopyridine could be used directly. In certain cases, protected heteroaryls such as imidazole and pyrazole derived amines may be used as shown above. Desilylation of A₂₆ can be accomplished using reagents such as cesium fluoride, potassium fluoride and the like. The generated alcohol A₂₇ could be reacted with the substituted phenol as shown in number of examples (for example 4). The trityl, Cbz or other protected groups can easily be removed by methodologies known in literature.

Scheme 10

Compounds of FORMULA 1 containing 6-aminopyridyl system may be prepared as shown in scheme 10. The intermediate 1 can be prepared as described in J. Med. Chem 43, 22, 2000. The hydroxyl group in 1 can be protected as silyl ether using e.g; ter-butyldimethylsilyl chloride and imidazole. The reaction of generated intermediate with a base such as (sodium hydride in DMF) and the alkyl halide gives the intermediate 2 after deprotection of the silyl ether. Mitsunobu reaction of 2 with phenolic intermediate A₃ described in scheme 8 above, gives the compounds containing the phenol ether. Removal of Boc group using e.g., trifluoroacetic acid in solvents such as dichloromethane, followed by hydrolysis of the ester group as discussed in scheme 6 above gives the target compounds 4.

Scheme 11

The compounds of FORMULA 1 with substituents in phenyl ring A can be synthesized as shown in the above scheme. For example, Horner Emmons reaction of 4-substituted benzaldehyde with triethyl phosphonoacetate gives the olefin containing intermediate. This reaction may be carried out in the presence of a base (e.g.; NaH, sodium tert-butoxide and the like) in a solvent such as THF or DMF. The intermediate can be homologated using the methodology developed by Kowalski and described in J. Am. Chem Soc., 108, 1429-30, 1985 and J. Org. Chem 57, 7194, 7208, 1992. The reaction conditions described in Step 3, of EXAMPLE 1 can be used to give the cyclopropyl containing intermediate P3. Elaboration of this intermediate involving demethylation, Mitsunobu reaction, deoxygenation and hydrolysis of ester gives the target compound. The experimental conditions described in Steps 4-7, of SCHEME 2 can be used to achieve the synthesis of target compound.

EXAMPLE A 2-[3-hydroxy-1-propylamino]pyridine-N-oxide:

A mixture of 2-chloropyridine-N-oxide (16.6 g, 100 mmoles), 3-amino-1-propanol (15.3 ml, 200 mmoles), NaHCO₃ (42 g, 0.5 mole), and tert-amyl alcohol (100 ml) was heated to reflux. After 23 hours, the reaction was cooled, diluted with CH₂Cl₂ (300 ml), and filtered to remove insoluble materials. The filtrate was concentrated to afford a brown oil. The oil was dried under vacuum overnight. Ether (100 ml) was added to give a brown solid. The ether was decanted and the solid was washed further with ether/acetonitrile (3/1). The resulting solid was heated at 67° C. under vacuum to give the desired product (13.5 g). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

EXAMPLE 1 2-[4-[3-(2-pyridinylamino)propoxy]phenyl]cyclopropaneacetic acid, mono(trifluoracetate)

To a solution of trans-4-hydroxy cinnamic acid (16.4 g) and imidazole (20.4 g) in DMF (150 mL) was added a solution of t-butyldimethyl silyl chloride (31.7 g) in DMF (50 mL) in one portion at room temperature. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour and then the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residual oil was partitioned between ether and 5% aqueous citric acid. The organic portion was washed with water, and brine and then dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated to afford a colorless oil (41.6 g) which was used without further purification. The ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

A solution of the product from Step 1 (30.0 g) in ether (250 mL) was placed in a flame dried flask under N₂ and chilled to zero degrees. A solution of 250 mL diisobutyl aluminum hydride (200 mL) (1.0 M in THF) was added dropwise over 1 hour and stirring was continued for an additional 1 hour at zero degrees after the addition was completed. The reaction was then carefully quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (200 mL) with vigorous stirring. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours, filtered, washed with ether and the layers separated, and the organic portion concentrated. The residual oil was purified in a silica gel column eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a viscous colorless oil (6.6 g). The ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

In a flame dried flask under nitrogen was placed a solution of diiodo-methane (2.14 g) and methylene chloride (10 mL). The solution was chilled to 0° and diethyl zinc (1.0M solution in hexane; 4.0 mL) was added rapidly. The solution was stirred at zero degrees for 15 minutes and then a solution of the product from Step 2 (1.0 g) in 5 mL of methylene chloride was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred for 90 minutes while allowing to warm to room temperature and then quenched with water (5 mL) and partitioned between 0.25N HCl and ethyl acetate. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional solvent and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, concentrated and the residue purified on a silica gel column eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a colorless heavy liquid (510 mg). The ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

A solution of of oxalyl chloride (1.71 g) in methylene chloride (25 mL) was cooled to −60° C. under nitrogen and a solution of DMSO (2.11 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added dropwise and stirring was continued for two minutes. Next, a solution of the product from Step 3 (3.3 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added dropwise over 5 minutes and the resultant mixture was stirred for 15 minutes at −60° C. After this period, triethylamine (6.07 g) was added rapidly and the mixture stirred at −60° C. for an additional 5 minutes before being allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted several times with methylene chloride. The combined organic extracts were then successively washed with 1% HCl solution, 5% sodium carbonate solution and brine. After drying over MgSO₄ and concentrating, the residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a light yellow liquid (2.85 g). The ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

To a suspension of methoxymethyl triphenylphosphonium chloride (5.14 g) in THF (15 mL) was added lithium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide (15 mL, 1.0 M solution in THF) dropwise at zero degrees under nitrogen. After 15 minutes a solution of the product from Step 4 (2.8 g) in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise and stirring continued for 15 minutes. The reaction was then partitioned between ether and water and the layers separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional ether and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 10% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a liquid (1.78 g). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

A solution of the product from Step 5 (1.75 g), acetonitrile (45 mL) and 1N HCl (12 mL) was warmed to 64° C. for 15 hours under nitrogen. The reaction was then cooled and partitioned between ether and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous portion was extracted thoroughly with additional ether and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 35% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a viscous oil (491 mg). ¹H NMR spectra was consistent with the proposed structure.

To a suspension of the product from Step 6 (490 mg) in water (5 mL) was successively added a solution of silver nitrate (1.0 g) in water (5 mL) and sodium hydroxide(480 mg) in water (5 mL) at room temperature. The black mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was acidified with 1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to a brown residue which was treated with a 1:1 mixture of ethanol and 4N HCl/dioxane (30 mL) at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction was concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a golden oil (226 mg). ¹H NMR spectra was consistent with the proposed structure.

To a solution of the product from Step 7 (220 mg) in DMF (3 mL) under nitrogen was added 2-[3-hydroxy-1-propyl)amino] pyridine-N-oxide (Example A) and triphenylphosphine (315 mg). The solution was stirred at room temperature for several minutes and then a solution of diethyl azodicarboxylate (209 mg) in DMF (2 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred for 18 hours and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 94% CH₂Cl₂-5% CH₃OH— 1% NH₄OH to afford a viscous golden oil (125 mg). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

A mixture of the product from Step 8 (120 mg), 10% Pd on carbon (125 mg), cyclohexene (1.0 mL) and isopropanol (10 mL) was refluxed for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled, filtered through a pad of celite and washed with excess isopropanol. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 97% CH₂Cl₂-2.5% CH₃OH and 0.5% NH₄OH to afford a colorless oil (74 mg). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

A solution of the product from Step 9 (70 mg) in methanol (5 mL) and 1N sodium hydroxide (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and concentrated. The residue was purified on a reverse place HPLC using acetonitrile/water (0.5%.TFA) gradient to give the desired product as a viscous oil (36 mg). Elemental analysis: calcd. for C₁₉H₂₂N₂O₃.TFA C, 57.27; H, 5.26; N, 6.36. Found: C, 57.99; H, 5.44; N, 6.27; ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

EXAMPLE 2 2-[4-[3-(2-pyridinylamino)propoxy]phenyl]cyclopentaneacetic acid

Step 1

In a flame dried flask under N₂ was placed a solution of 2-chlorocyclopentanone (10.0 g) in diethyl ether (50 mL). While stirring at room temperature, 4-methoxyphenylmagnesium bromide (170 mL; 0.5 M solution in THF) was added dropwise. An exothermal reaction ensued and stirring was continued for an additional 30 minutes after the addition was completed. The reaction was quenched with 1N HCl (150 mL) and the layers were separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with ethyl acetate and then the combined organic portions were washed with water and brine and then dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated. The residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a dark oil (4.1 g). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 2

In a flame dried flask under N₂ was suspended sodium hydride (310 mg, 60% dispersion) in THF (10 mL). A solution of triethylphosphonoacetate (1.74 g) in THF (5 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 30 minutes. A solution of the product from Step 1 (1.0 g) in THF (5 mL) was added in one portion and the reaction brought to reflux for 1 hour. The reaction was cooled and partitioned between 1N HCl and ethyl acetate. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine, dried (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated. The residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a liquid (800 mg). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 3

A solution of the product from Step 2 (800 mg) in ethanol was shaken in a Parr hydrogenation apparatus with 5% Pd/C under 60 psi hydrogen pressure at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered and concentrated and the residual oil (691 mg) was used without further purification in the next step. ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 4

To a solution of the product from Step 3 (2.70 g) in methylene chloride (15 mL) was added boron tribromide (25 mL, 1.0 M solution in CH₂Cl₂) over 10 minutes at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, the reaction was quenched with ethanol and then concentrated. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 10% sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional solvent and the combined organic solvents were washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated, and the residue purified on a silica gel column eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a golden oil (1.74 g). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 5

The title compound produced in Step 5 was prepared from the product described in Step 4 (1.60 g) using the same procedure as described in Step 8 of Example 1. The crude product was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 95% CH₂Cl₂-4% CH₃OH— 1% NH₄OH to afford a golden oil (2.08 g). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 6

The compound produced in Step 6 was prepared from the product described in Step 5 (2.0 g) using the same procedure as described in Step 9 of Example 1. The crude product was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 97% CH₂Cl₂-2% CH₃OH— 1% NH₄OH to afford a viscous oil (1.2 g). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 7

The title compound was prepared from the product described in Step 6 (500 mg) using the same procedure as described in Step 10 of Example 1. The crude product was purified in similar fashion to afford a viscous colorless glass (272 mg). Elemental analysis: Calculated for C₂₁H₂₆N₂O_(3.)1.5 TFA. 0.25 H₂O: C, 54.39; H, 5.33; N, 5.29. Found: C, 54.35; H, 5.46; N, 5.31. ¹H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

EXAMPLE 3 3-[4-[3-(2-pyridinylamino)propoxy]phenyl]cyclopentaneacetic acid

Step 1

The starting material was prepared according to the procedure of Wilds and Johnson, J.A.C.S., 67,286-290, 1945. The compound was prepared from 3-(4-methoxyphenyl) cyclopentenone (2.5 g) using the same procedure as described in Step 2 of Example 2. The crude product was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 30% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford an orange solid (1.53 g). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 2

A solution of the product from Step 1 (1.5 g) in ethanol was shaken in a Parr hydrogenation apparatus with 4% Pd/C under 5 psi hydrogen pressure at room temperature for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated and the crude product was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a liquid (1.35 g). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 3

The compound produced in Step 3 was prepared from the product described in Step 2 (1.3 g) using the same procedure described in Step 4 of Example 2. The crude product was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 30% ethyl acetate/Hexane to afford a liquid (1.22 g). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 4

The compound produced in Step 4 was prepared from the product described in Step 3 (600 mg) using the same procedure described in Step 8 of Example 1. The crude product was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 96.5% CH₂Cl₂-3.0% CH₃OH— 0.5% NH₄OH to afford a golden oil (606 mg). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 5

The compound produced in Step 5 was prepared from the product described in Step 4 (595 mg) using the same procedure described in Step 9 of Example 1. The crude product was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 97.5% CH₂Cl₂-2.0% CH₃OH— 0.5% NH₄OH to afford a semi solid (320 mg). ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 6

The title compound was prepared from the product described in Step 5 (310 mg) using the same procedure described in Step 10 of Example 1. The crude product was purified in similar fashion to afford a white solid (191 mg). Analysis: Calculated for C₂₁H₂₆N₂O_(3.)1.0 TFA: C, 58.97; H, 5.81; N, 5.98. Found: C, 58.70; H, 5.81; N, 5.92. ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

EXAMPLE 4 2,2-difluoro-3-[4-[3-(2-pyridinylamino)propoxy]phenyl]cyclopropaneacetic acid

Step 1

A solution of 4-methoxy trans cinnamic acid (20 g) in absolute ethanol (300 ml) and 4N HCl/dioxane (100 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solution was concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a low melting solid (17.5 g) which solidified to a glass upon standing at room temperature. The ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 2

In a flame dried flask under nitrogen was placed a solution of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (24.66 g) in THF (150 ml) and chilled to 0°. A solution of n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane; 64 ml) was added dropwise over 10 minutes and stirring was continued for an additional 15 minutes after the addition was completed. This solution was then added dropwise to a solution of dibromomethane (27.8 g) in THF (150 ml) in another flame dried flask under nitrogen at −70°. After 5 minutes a solution of the ester (10.0 g) from Step 1 in THF (50 ml) was added dropwise over 5 minutes and 10 minutes later additional 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (6.85 g) was added followed by n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane; 155 ml) dropwise. The cooling bath was then replaced by a water bath at room temperature and after the reaction was stirred for 15 minutes it was poured into an ice cold acidic ethanol solution (prepared from 125 ml of acetyl chloride in 625 ml of ethanol). The mixture was then extracted several times with ether and the combined extracts were washed with 10% sulfuric acid, 5% sodium bicarbonate solution, brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The filtered solution was concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a dark red oil (2.46 g). The ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 3

A mixture of the ester (2.4 g) from Step 2, sodium chlorodifluoroacetate (10.7 g) and diglyme (90 ml) was refluxed under N₂ for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried (Na₂SO₄). The filtered solution was concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 20% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a golden oil (1.23 g). The ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 4

A solution of the ester (1.2 g) from Step 3 in methylene chloride (25 ml) was chilled to 0° under N₂ and treated dropwise with boron tribromide (1.0 M in methylene chloride; 10 ml). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes while allowing to warm to room temperature. The reaction was then carefully quenched with ethanol (10 ml), stirred for 15 minutes and concentrated. The reaction was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 10% sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The filtered solution was concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 30% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford a light yellow solid (863 mg). The ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 5

To a solution of the product from Step 4 (1.0 g) in THF (25 ml) under nitrogen was added 2-[(3-hydroxy-1-propyl)amino]pyridine-N-oxide (841 mg) and triphenylphosphine (1.31 g). The solution was stirred at room temperature for several minutes and then a solution of diethylazodicarboxylate (871 mg) in THF (15 ml) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred for 18 hours and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 97% CH₂Cl₂-2.5% CH₃OH— 0.5% NH₄OH to afford a golden oil (1.02 g). The ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 6

A mixture of the product of Step 5 (500 mg), 10% Pd on carbon (128 mg), ammonium formate (543 mg) and methanol (10 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 97.5% CH₂Cl₂-2% CH₃OH— 0.5% NH₄OH to afford a viscous oil (189 mg). The ¹H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 7

A solution of the product from Step 6 (180 mg) in methanol (5 ml) and 1N sodium hydroxide (5 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The reaction was quenched with trifluoroacetic acid (2 ml) and concentrated. The residue was purified on a reverse phase HPLC using acetonitrile/water (0.5% TFA) gradient to give the desired product as a viscous oil (80 mg). The 1 H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. Elemental analysis: calculated for C₁₉H₂₀N₂F₂O₃.TFA: C,52.95; H, 4.44; N,5.88. Found: C, 52.39; H, 4.60; N, 5.62.

EXAMPLE 5 (2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

Step 1 2-(3-methyl-2-pyridinyl)1H-isoindole-1,3 (2H)-dione

To a neat 2-amino-3-picoline (91 g, 0.84 mol) was added phthalicanhydrous (125 g, 0.84 mol), the resulting solid mixture was heated at 120° C. and water was distilled off from the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and solid was dissolved in methylenechloride (1 L). The organic solution was washed with water (2×500 ml), brine (1×500 ml), dried over MgSO₄. The color solution was treated with activated carbon, filtered and filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Ether (300 ml) was added to the concentrated residue and stirred at room temperature overnight. Solid was filtered and washed with ether, dried to give 176 g (88%) white solid. NMR (DMSO) δ 2.17 (m, 3H), 7.46-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.88-8.01 (m, 5H), 8.44-8.46 (m, 1H). Mass spectrometry: 239.19 (M+H)⁺.

Step 2

2-[3-(dibromomethyl)-2-pyridinyl]-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione

To a suspension solution of 2-(3-methyl-2-pyridinyl)1H-isoindole-1,3 (2H)-dione (14.6 g, 61 mmol) and NBS (25 g, 140 mmol) in CCl₄ (160 mL) was added AlBN (0,1 g), the reaction mixture was refluxed and a irradiated with a sun lamp. AlBN (0.1 g) were added every 30 minutes until the starting material was all consumed. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and solid was filtered. Solid was taken up to methylenechlorid (400 ml) and washed with 5% Na₂S₂O₃ (3×150 ml), water (1×150 ml) and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The concentrated solid was suspended in ether. Solid was filtered and dried to give 20.5 g (84.5%) yellow solid. NMR (DMSO) δ 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.78(m, 1H), 7.92-8.01 (m, 4H), 8.51-8.55 (m, 1H), 8.63-8.64 (m, 1H). Mass spectrometry: 396.92 (M+H)⁺.

Step 3

2-amino-3-pyridinecarboxaldehyde

The compound was prepared according to the procedure as described by A. E. Moormann et al, Synthetic Communications, 17(14), 1695-1699 (1987) To a solution of 2-[3-(dibromomethyl)-2-pyridinyl]-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione (20 g, 50 mmol) in ethanol (250 ml) was added conc. NH₄OH (25 ml) at 4° C. The reaction mixture was stirred 10 minutes at 4° C. then stirred at room temperature for one hour. Reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the concentrated residue was added con. HCl (150 ml) and mixture was refluxed for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. To the concentrated residue was added water (25 ml) then added saturated K₂CO₃ to neutralize the solution. The solution was extracted with methylenechloride (3×150 ml). Combined organic solution was washed with water (3×150 ml), brine (1×200 ml), dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated. The concentrated residue was suspended in ether, filtered and washed with ether to give 4.3 g (70%) yellow solid. NMR (DMSO) δ 6.69-6.73 (m, 1H), 7.51 (bs, 2H), 7.95-7.98(m, 1H), 8.20-8.22 (m, 1H), 9.82 (s, 1H).

Step 4

2-methyl-1,8-naphthyridine

The compound was prepared according to the procedure as described by E. M. Hawes and D. G. Wibberley, J. Chem. Soc. (C), 1966, 315. To a solution of 2-amino-3-pyridinecarboxaldehyde (2 g, 16 mmol) in ethanol 3 ml) was added acetone (1.9 g, 32 mmol) and peperidine (0,34 g, 4 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed 24 hours. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature then concentrated in vacuum. Ether was added to concentrated residue. Solid was filtered and dried to give 1.62 g (69%) yellow solid. NMR (CD₃OD) δ 2.76 (s, 3H), 7.52-7.58 (m, 2H), 8.30 (d, 2H, J=8.33 Hz), 8.36-8.39 (m, 1H), 8.39-8.99 (m, 1H).

Step 5

2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridine

The compound was prepared according to the procedure as described in WO 0033838. To a solution of 2-methyl-1,8-naphthyridine (2 g, 13.9 mmol) in ethanol (35 ml) was added 10% Pd/C, and the reaction mixture was stirred under H₂ (10 psi) for 24 hours. Palladium was filtered out through celite and washed with excess ethanol. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give 1.7 g (83%) pink solid. NMR (CD₃OD) δ 1.82-1.87 (m, 2H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.65-2.76 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.36 (m, 2H), 6.32 (d,1H, J=7.25 Hz), 7.07 (d, 1H, J=7.38 Hz). Mass spectrometry: 149.15 (M+H)⁺.

Step 6

2-methyl-8-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridine

The compound was prepared according to the procedure as described in WO 0033838. To a solution of 2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridine (1 g, 6.7 mmol) in methylenechloride (10 ml) was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (3 g, 13 mmol), triethylamine (0.68 g, 6.7 mmol) and 4-DMAP (50 mg), the reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The concentrated residue was purified on silica gel (1% methanol in methylenechloride) to give 1.1 g (69%) orange solid. NMR (CD₃OD) δ 1.50 (s, 9H),1.88-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.73-2.78 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.76 (m,2H), 6.95 (d, 1H, J=7.76 Hz), 7.44 (d, 1H, J=7.76 Hz).

Step 7

Ethyl [8-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl]acetate

The compound was prepared according to the procedure as described in WO 0033838. To a solution of 2-methyl-8-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridine (1.4 g, 5.6 mmol) and diethylcarbonate (2.5 g, 20 mmol) in THF (10 ml) was added LDA (8 ml of 2M solution in hexane) at −78° C. and stirred at −78° C. for 40 minutes. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH₄Cl and extracted with ethylacetate (2×100 ml). Combined organic solution was concentrated and purified on silica gel column to give 1.5 g (83%) yellow oil. NMR (CD₃OD) δ 1.25 (t, 3H, J=7.10 Hz), 1.51 (s, 9H), 1.88-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.75 (t, 2H, J=6.59 Hz), 3.74-3.80 (m, 4H), 4.10-4.20 (m, 2H), 7.0 (d, 1H, J=7.61Hz), 7.39 (d, 1H, J=7.47 Hz).

Step 8

2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)-1-ethanol

The compound was prepared according to the procedure as described in WO 0033838. To a solution of ethyl [8-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl]acetate (3.8 g, 11.8 mmol) in THF (20 ml) was added LiBH₄ (7.6 ml of 2M solution in hexane, 15.2 mmol), the reaction was refluxed overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled in ice bath and quenched with water. The mixture was extracted with ethylacetate (3×50 ml). The combined organic solution was dried over MgSO4, concentrated and dried under vacuum to give 2.9 g oil. The oil was taken up in methylenechloride (10 ml) and 4N HCl in dioxane (10 ml) was added. The solution was stirred 4 hours at room temperature then concentrated under vacuum. To the concentrated residue was added 1:1/1N NaOH:brine (50 ml) and extracted with methylenechloride (3×80 ml). The combine organic solution was concentrated and purified on silica gel to give 1 g (47%) oil. NMR (CD₃OD) δ 1.82-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.71 (m, 4H), 3.45 (t, 2H, J=5.57 Hz), 3.77 (t, 2H, J=6.84 Hz), 6.36 (d, 1H, J=7.38Hz), 7.10 (d, 1H, J=7.38 Hz).

Step 9

To a solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)-1-ethanol (WO 00/33838; 0.18 g, 1 mmole) and PPh3 (0.26 g, 1 mmole) in dry THF (4 mL) was added cyclopropyl phenol (0.1 g, 0.45 mmole) in dry THF (3 mL) and diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.17 g, 1 mmole). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified on reverse phase HPLC. The ethyl ester of title compound (0.1 g, 45%) was dissolved in 3 mL 50% acetonitrile in water and LiOH (40 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for one hour then acidified by adding TFA. The residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC to give the title compound (50 mg, 53%) as TFA salt: HRMS: (MH+)=353.1876. NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.76-0.84(??m, 1 H), 0.85-0.88 (m, 1 H), 1.20-1.24 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.96 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2 H, J=6.24 Hz), 3.10 (t, 2 H, J=5.98 Hz), 3.48 (t, 2H, J=5.71 Hz), 4.22 (t, 2 H, J=5.97 Hz), 6.70 (d, 1 H, J=7.38 Hz), 6.76-6.79 (m, 2 H), 6.98-7.01 (m, 2 H), 7.57 (d, 1 H, J=7.38 Hz).

EXAMPLE 6 2-[3-methyl-4-[3-(2-pyridinylamino)propoxy]phenyl]cyclopropaneacetic acid

Step 1

4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzaldehyde (3.0 g, 22 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (25 ml). Imidazole (2.72 g, 40 ml) and dimethyl-t-butylsilyl chloride (3.76 g, 25 mmol) were added. After 30 min, the product was extracted with ethyl acetate, and washed with H₂O. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O, brine, and dried. The crude product was purified by vacuum distillation to afford a clean oil in 4.1 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 2

Under N₂, a solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (4.5 g, 20 mmol) in 40 ml THF was added to a suspension of sodium hydride (0.8 g, 20 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in 40 ml THF at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. A solution of the product of step 1 (4.1 g, 16.4 mmol) in 20 ml THF was added. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and then was stirred at reflux for 1 h. The cooled reaction was quenched with 1N HCl solution. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layer was washed with H₂O and brine, dried with Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, EA/hexane5/95) to give a colorless liquid in 4.5 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 3

A solution of n-BuLi (12.4 ml, 30.9 mmol, 2.5M in hexane) was added to a solution of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (4.8 g, 33.7 mmol) in 35 ml THF at 0° C. to form LTMP. In a separate flask, a solution of the product of step 2 (4.5 g, 14.04 mmol) and dibromomethane (5.3 g, 30.9 mmol) in 30 ml of THF was cooled to −70° C. After 30 min, LTMP solution was cooled to −70° C., and added to above solution via a cannula over 30 min at −65° C. After 10 min, a solution of lithium bis(trimethyl)silyl amide solution (28 ml, 28 mmol, 1M in THF) was added over 15 min at −70° C. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to −20° C. and then cooled back to −70° C. A solution of s-BuLi solution (43.2 ml, 56.2 mmol, 1.3 M in cyclohexane) was added at −60° C. over 15 min. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. A solution of n-BuLi (12.4 ml, 28 mmol, 2.5 in hexane) was added to the reaction, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction was cooled to −70° C. and transferred into an acidic ethanol solution (15 ml acetyl chloride and 75 ml ethanol) at 0° C. via a cannula over 1 h. The resulting mixture was diluted with 280 ml ether and washed with 280 ml 10% HCl solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried with MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=5/95) to give a brown liquid in 1.65 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 4

Under N₂, a solution of diethyl zinc (5.5 ml, 5.5 mmol, 1.0 M in hexane) was added to a solution of diiodomethane (2.95 g, 11.0 mmol) in 15 ml dichloromethane at 0° C. After 15 min, a solution of the product of step 3 (1.65 g, 4.9 mmol) in 5 ml dichloromethane was added at 0° C. dropwise. The reaction was warmed to 35° C. After 30 min, the reaction was cooled to 0° C. and quenched with H₂O. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with 1N HCl. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combine organic layer was washed with H₂O, brine, dried with Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to give a brown oil in 1.22 g. This product was used without further purification. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 5

Potassium fluoride (0.3 g, 5.1 mmol) was added to a solution of the product of step 4 (1.22 g, 3.5 mmol) in 15 ml DMF and 1.0 ml H₂O. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with an additional ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O, brine, dried with Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, EA/hexane=3/7) to yield a pale brown oil in 0.373 g. This product was used without further purification. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 6

A solution of diethyl azodicarboxylate (0.348 g, 2.0 mmol) in 3 ml THF was added to a solution of the product of step 5 (0.37 g, 1.6 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.525 g, 2.0 mmol) in 12 ml THF at room temperature. After 15 min, 2-(3-Hydroxypropylamino)pyridine N-oxide (0.336 g, 2 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, C₂HCl₂/CH₃OH/NH₄OH=98.5/1/0.5) to yield a pale brown oil in 0.127 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 7

A solution of the product of step 6 (0.25 g, 0.65 mmol), ammonium formate (0.41 g, 6.5 mmol), and 10% palladium on carbon (0.075 g, 0.07 mmol) in 5 ml methanol was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. Additional ammonium formate (0.41 g, 6.5 mmol) and 10% Palladium on carbon (0.075 g, 0.07 mmol) were added. After 20 h, the reaction was filtered through a short column of Celite® and washed with ethanol. The filtrate was concentrated and residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, C₂HCl₂/CH₃OH/NH₄OH=98.5/1/0.5) to afford a pale brown oil in 0.127 g). NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 8

A solution of the product of step 7 (0.095 g, 0.26 mmol) in 5 ml 1 N NaOH and 5 ml methanol was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction was acidified with 1.5 ml trifluoroacetic acid and concentrated. The residue was purified on HPLC using acetonitrile gradient 10-50% in 30 min to yield 40.3 mg. FAB-MS:(MH+)=341.4. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 0.81 (dt, 1H), 0.99 (dt, 1H), 1.31 (m, 1H), 1.71 (dt, 1IH), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.19 (p, 2H), 2.43 (d, 2H), 3.54 (q, 2H), 4.03 (t, 2H), 6.71 (m, 2H), 6.83 (d, 1H), 6.89 (m, 2H), 7.76 (t, 1H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 9.61 (br, 1H). Anal Calcd. for C₂₀H₂₄N₂O₃ plus 1.25 CF₃COOH: C, 55.96; H, 5.27; N, 5.80. Found: C, 56.05; H, 5.47; N, 5.78.

EXAMPLE 7 2-[2-methoxy-4-[3-(2-pyridinylamino)propoxy]phenyl]cyclopropaneacetic acid

The title compound was prepared according to the general procedures described for the preparation of EXAMPLE 6: H NMR(CDCl3) δ 0.78 (dt, 1H), 0.96 (dt, 1H), 1.19 (m, 1H), 1.86 (dt, 1IH), 2.19 (p, 2H), 2.38 (dd, 1H), 2.56 (dd,1H), 3.51 (t, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 6.39 (dd,1H), 6.44 (d, 1H), 6.69 (t, 1H), 6.81 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 7.75 (t, 1H), 7.77 (d, 1H). Anal Calcd. for C₂₀H₂₄N₂O₄ plus 0.9 CF₃COOH: C, 57.04; H, 5.47; N, 6.10. Found: C, 57.08; H, 5.38; N, 6.21.

EXAMPLE 8 2-[2-methyl-4-[3-(2-pyridinylamino)propoxy]phenyl]cyclopropaneacetic acid

Step 1

3,4-Dimethyl anisole (6.0 g, 44.0 mmol) was dissolved in 200 ml methanol. A solution of ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate in 300 ml methanol was added at room temperature over 5 min and the reaction was stirred for 10 min. The reaction was diluted with 300 ml H₂O. The product was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried with Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=1/9) to afford a greenish liquid in 5.7 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 2

A solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (11.2 g, 50 mmol) in 50 ml THF was added to a mixture of sodium hydride (1.2 g, 50 mmol) in 50 ml THF at 0° C. After 30 min, a solution of the product of step 1 (5.7 g, 40 mmol) in 25 ml THF was added at 0° C. The reaction was heated at reflux for 1 h. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate, and 1 N HCl solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O, brine, dried with Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=15/85) to give a colorless liquid in 7.89 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 3

A solution of n-butyllithium (17.6 ml, 44 mmol, 2.5M in hexane) was added to a solution of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (6.8 g, 48 mmol) in 50 ml THF at 0° C. to form LTMP. In a separate flask, a solution of the product of step 2 (4.4 g, 20 mmol) and dibromomethane (7.6 g,44 mmol) in 40 ml THF was cooled to −70° C. After 30 min, LTMP solution was cooled to −70° C., and added to above solution via a cannula at −65° C. over 30 min. After 10 min, a solution of lithium bis(trimethyl)silyl amide solution (40 ml, 40 mmol, 1M in THF) was added over 15 min at −70° C. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to −20° C. and then cooled back to −70° C. A solution of s-butyllithium solution (61.6 ml, 80 mmol, 1.3 M in cyclohexane) was added at −60° C. over 15 min. The mixture was warmed to room temperature. A solution of n-BuLi (17.6 ml, 40 mmol, 2.5 in hexane) was added, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. It was cooled to −70° C. and transferred into an acidic ethanol solution (20 ml acetyl chloride and 100 ml ethanol) at 0° C. via a cannula over 1 h period. The resulting mixture was diluted with 400 ml ether and washed with 400 ml 10% HCl solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried with MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=1/9) to give a brown liquid in 1.17 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 4

Under N₂, diethyl zinc solution (5.5 ml, 5.5 mmol, 1.0 M in hexane) was added to a solution of diiodomethane (2.95 g, 11 mmol) in 15 ml dichloromethane at 0° C. After 15 min, a solution of the product of step 3 (1.15 g, 4.9 mmol) in 5 ml dichloromethane was added dropwise at 0° C. The reaction was heated at 35° C. for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with H₂O at 0° C. and acidified with 1 N HCl. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O, brine, dried with Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to afford a brown oil in 1.42 g. This product was used without further purification. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 5

The product of step 4 (1.42 g, 5.7 mmol) was dissolved in 15 ml dichloromethane. Under N₂ boron tribromide solution (11 ml, 11 mmol, 1M in dichloromethane) was added to the above solution dropwise at 0° C. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 30 min, the reaction was carefully quenched with ethanol. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with 1N HCl. The organic layer was further washed with 5% NaHCO₃ solution, brine, dried with MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=2/8) to give a pale brown oil in 0.175 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 6

A solution of diethyl azodicarboxylate (174 mg, 1.0 mmol) in 1 ml THF was added to a solution of the product of step 5 (175 mg, 0.75 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (262 mg, 1 mmol) in 5 ml THF at room temperature and stirred for 15 min. 2-(3-Hydroxypropylamino)pyridine N-oxide (168 mg, 1 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, CH₂Cl₂/CH₃OH/NH₄OH— 98.5/1/0.5) to afford 127 mg pale brown oil. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 7

A mixture of the product of step 6 (127 mg, 0.3 mmol), 10% Pd/C (50 mg, 0.04 mmol), cyclohexene (2.0 ml, 17.8 mmol), and 2-propanol (5.0 ml) was heated at reflux for 4 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature. Additional 10% Pd/C (50 mg, 0.04 mmol) was added. After 18 h of refluxing, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered through a short column of Celite®, and washed with 100 ml of 2-propanol. The filtrate was concentrated to give 85 mg oil. This product was used without further purification. The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 8

The product of step 7 (70 mg, 0.19 mmol) was dissolved in 5 ml methanol and 5 ml 1N sodium hydroxide solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5.5 h, acidified with 2 ml trifluoroacetic acid, and concentrated. The residue was purified on HPLC using acetonitrile gradient 10-50% in 30 min to yield 82.7 mg of gummy solid. FAB-MS:(MH+)=341. H NMR(CDCl₃) δ 0.82 (m,1H), 0.89 (m,1H), 1.31 (m,1H), 1.70 (dt,1H), 2.19 (p, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 4.04 (t, 2H), 6.64 (dd, 1H), 6.71 (m, 2H), 6.85 (t, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 7.78 (m, 2H). Anal Calcd. for C₂₀H₂₄N₂O₃ plus 1.25 CF₃COOH: C, 55.96; H, 5.27; N, 5.80. Found: C, 56.24; H, 5.36; N, 5.95.

EXAMPLE 9 2-[3-fluoro-4-[3-(2-pyridinylamino)propoxy]phenyl]cyclopropaneacetic acid

Step 1

A solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (16.8 g, 75 mmol) in 50 ml THF was added to a mixture of sodium hydride (1.8 g, 75 mmol) in 125 ml THF at 0° C. After 30 min, 3-fluoro-p-anisaldehyde (10.0 g, 64.9 mmol) in 25 ml THF was added at 0° C., and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1N HCl solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O, brine, dried with Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=1/4) to give a colorless liquid in 12.9 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 2

The product of step 1 (8.4 g, 37.5 mmol) was dissolved in 75 ml THF. Under N₂ a solution of diisobutylalumium hydride (150 ml, 1M in THF) was added at 0° C. over 30 min. The reaction was stirred for 30 min and quenched with 250 ml 1N HCl solution. The mixture was stirred for 15 min and filtered through a short column of Celite®. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was dried with MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=2/3) to give a white solid in 3.32 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure

Step 3

Under N₂, diethyl zinc solution (75 ml, 75 mmol, 1.0 M in hexane) was added dropwise to a solution of diiodomethane (40.2 g, 150 mmol) in 200 ml methylene chloride at 0° C. After stirring at 0° C. for 15 min, a solution of the product of step 2 (10.6 g, 58.2 mmol) in 50 ml methylene chloride was added at 0° C. dropwise. The reaction was warmed to 35° C. After 30 min, the reaction was quenched with H₂O at 0° C. and acidified with 1N HCl. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O, brine, dried with Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=2/3) to afford a pale brown oil in 9.6 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 4

Under N₂ DMSO (8.6 g, 110 mmol) in 30 ml methylene cloride was added to a solution of oxalyl chloride (7.0 g, 55.0 mmol) in 30 ml methylene chloride dropwise at −60° C. and stirred for 2 min. A solution of the product of step 3 (9.6 g, 48.9 mmol) in 40 ml methylene cloride was added at −60° C. and the reaction was stirred for 15 min. Triethyl amine (22.8 g, 225 mmol) was added at −60° C. The reaction was stirred for 15 min and allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 50 ml H₂O and the product was extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was washed with 1% HCl, 5% Na₂CO₃, brine, dried with Na_(.2)SO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=3/7) to afford a white solid in 7.32 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 5

Under N₂ atmosphere, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl) amide solution (50 ml, 1.0M in THF) was added to a mixture of methoxy methyltriphenyl phosphonium chloride (17.1 g, 37.6 mmol) in 90 ml THF dropwise at 0° C. After 15 min, it was added to a solution of the product of step 4 (7.3 g, 37.6 mmol) in 60 ml THF at 0° C. The reaction was stirred for 5 min and quenched with H₂O. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O, brine, and then dried with Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=1/9) to yield a colorless oil in 5.32 g. It was dissolved in 150 ml THF and 100 ml 2N HCl solution. The reaction was stirred at reflux for 15 min. THF was evaporated and the residue was diluted with H₂O and ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with 5% NaHCO₃ solution, brine, and dried with MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=1/9) to yield a colorless oil in 4.52 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 6

A solution of silver nitrate (3.26 g, 19.3 mmol) in 6 ml H₂O was added to a solution of the product of step 5 (2.0 g, 9.6 mmol) in 45 ml ethanol. A solution of Sodium hydroxide (1.54 g, 38.4 mmol) in 6 ml H₂O was added dropwise at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction was filtered through a pad of Celite®. The residue was diluted with H₂O and extracted with ether (3×30 ml). The aqueous layer was acidified with concentrated HCl and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was dried with MgSO₄ and concentrated to give 1.82 g of yellow solid. This solid was dissolved in 50 ml ethanol and 25 ml 4N HCl in dioxane. It was stirred at room temperature for 48 h. Ethanol and dioxane were evaporated to afford a clean product as a pale brown oil in 2.0 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 7

The product of step 6 (2.0 g, 8.6 mmol) was dissolved in 15 ml methylene chloride. Under N₂ boron tribromide solution (15 ml, 15 mmol, 1M in methylene chloride) was added to the above solution dropwise at 0° C. The resulting reaction solution was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 30 min, the reaction was carefully quenched with ethanol. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with 1N HCl. The organic layer was washed with 5% NaHCO₃ solution, brine, dried with MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=3/7) to give pale brown oil in 1.63 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 8

A solution of diethyl azodicarboxylate (731 mg, 4.2 mmol) in 5 ml THF was added to a solution of the product of step 7 (750 mg, 3.4 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (1.1 g, 4.2 mmol) in 20 ml THF at room temperature and stirred for 15 min. 2-(3-hydroxypropylamino)pyridine N-oxide (706 mg, 4.2 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. THF was evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, CH₂Cl₂/CH₃OH/NH₄OH-98.5/1/0.5) to yield 835 mg pale brown oil. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 9

A mixture of the product of step 8 (835 mg, 2.15 mmol), 10% Pd/C (250 mg, 0.24 mmol), cyclohexene (3.0 ml, 29.6 mmol), and 2-propanol (20 ml) was heated at reflux for 4 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature. Additional 10% Pd/C (250 mg, 0.24 mmol) was added. After 4 h of refluxing, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered through a short column of Celite®, and washed with 2-propanol. The filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, CH₂Cl₂/CH₃OH/NH₄OH=98.5/1/0.5) to give 482 mg colorless oil. The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 10

The product of step 9 (475 mg, 1.28 mmol) was dissolved in 10 ml methanol and 10 ml 1N sodium hydroxide solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and acidified with 2 ml trifluoroacetic acid. Solvents were evaporated. The residue was purified on HPLC using acetonitrile gradient 10-50% in 30 min to yield 434 mg gummy solid. FAB-MS:(MH+)=345.4. H-NMR(CDCl₃) δ 0.86 (dt, 1H), 0.95 (dt, 1H), 1.30 (m, 1H), 1.72 (dt, 1IH), 2.18 (p, 2H), 2.40 (dd, 1H), 2.49 (dd, 1H), 3.58 (t, 1H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 6.72 (t, 1H), 6.80-6.90 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 7.80 (t, 1H), 7.81 (d, 1H), 9.09 (br, 1H). Anal Calcd. for C₁₉H₂₁N₂O₃F plus 1.5 CF₃COOH: C, 51.27; H, 4.40; N, 5.44. Found: C, 51.12; H, 4.40; N, 5.57.

EXAMPLE 10 2-[2-Fluoro-4-[3-(2-pyridinylamino)propoxy]phenyl]cyclopropaneacetic acid

The title compound was prepared according to procedure described for the preparation of EXAMPLE 12: FAB-MS:(MH+)=345.4. H NMR(DMSO-6d) δ 0.82 (dt, 1H), 0.86 (dt, 1H), 1.23 (m, 1H), 1.78 (dt, 1H), 2.04 (p, 2H), 2.31 (dd, 1H), 2.37 (dd, 1H), 3.48 (t, 2H), 4.07 (t, 2H), 6.69 (dd, 1H), 6.77 (dd, 1H), 6.86 (t, 1H), 6.96 (t, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 7.90 (t, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 8.84 (br, 1H). Anal Calcd. for C₁₉H₂₁N₂O₃F plus 1.75 CF₃COOH: C, 49.68; H, 4.22; N, 5.15. Found: C, 49.58; H, 3.96; N, 5.09.

EXAMPLE 11 2-[4-[2-[6-(Methylamino)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]cyclopropaneacetic acid

Step 1

A mixture of trans-4-methoxycinnamic acid (50 g, 281 mmol), 5 ml concentrated H₂SO₄, and 500 ml ethanol was stirred at reflux for 18 h. The cooled reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO₃ solution. The product was extracted with ether. The organic layer was dried with MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue was solidified at room temperature to yield a pale brown solid in 54.8 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 2

The product of step 1 (20.6 g, 100 mmol) was dissolved in 150 ml THF. It was added to a solution of diisobutylalumium hydride (300 ml, 1 M in THF) diluted with THF (150 ml) at 0° C. under N₂ over 20 min. After 1 h, the reaction was quenched with 50 ml acetone and 25 ml ethanol. The resulting mixture was poured into H₂O and acidified with 1 N HCl. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried with MgSO₄, and concentrated to yield an off-white solid in 15.62 g. This product was used without further purification. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 3

Diethyl zinc solution (100 ml, 100 mmol, 1.0 M in hexane) was added to a solution of diiodomethane (16.1 ml, 200 mmol) in 175 ml dichloromethane at 0° C. over 15 min. After stirring at 0° C. for 15 min, a solution of the product of step 2 (15.6 g, 95 mmol) in 50 ml dichloromethane was added dropwise at 0° C. over 15 min. After 15 min, the reaction was quenched with 200 ml 1N HCl at 5° C. The product was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried with MgSO₄ and concentrated to give a golden oil in 16.47 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 4

The product of step 3 (3.5 g, 19.6 mmol) was dissolved in 40 ml dichloromethane. 4-methylmorpholine-N-oxide (3.5 g, 30 mmol) and dry molecular sieves (10.0 g, 4A) were added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min. Tetrapropylammonuim perruthenate (0.351 g, 1.0 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h and filtered through a short column of Celite®. The filtrate was concentrated and residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=3/7) to afford a golden oil in 1.9 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 5

Under N₂, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl) amide solution (90 ml, 1.0M in THF) was added to a mixture of methoxy methyltriphenyl phosphonium chloride (29.2 g, 85 mmol) in 60 ml THF dropwise at 0° C. After 15 min, it was added to a solution of the product of step 4 (10.0 g, 56.8 mmol) in 30 ml THF was added at 0° C. The reaction was stirred for 5 min and quenched with H₂O. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O, brine, dried with Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=1/9) to yield a pale brown oil in 8.6 g. It was dissolved in 125 ml THF and 125 ml 1.5N HCl solution. The resulting solution was stirred at reflux for 1 h. THF was evaporated and residue was diluted with H₂O and ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with 5% NaHCO₃ solution, brine, dried with MgSO₄, and concentrated to afford a yellow oil in 7.8 g. This product was used without further purification. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 6

A solution of silver nitrate (13.9 g, 82.0 mmol) in 20 ml H₂O was added to a solution of the product of step 5 (7.8 g, 41.0 mmol) in 200 ml ethanol. A solution of Sodium hydroxide (6.6 g, 164.0 mmol) in 10 ml H₂O was added dropwise at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction was filtered through a short column of Celite®. The filtrate was diluted with H₂O and extracted with ether (3×30 ml). The aqueous layer was acidified with concentrated HCl and extracted with chloroform. The chloroform layer was dried with MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 150 ml ethanol and 50 ml 4N HCl in dioxane. The resulting reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and concentrated to afford a brown oil in 7.88 g. This product was used without further purification. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 7

Boron tribromide solution (40 ml, 40 mmol, 1M in dichloromethane) was added to a solution of the product of step 6 (7.8 g, 32.9 mmol) in 50 ml dichloromethane dropwise at 0° C. The resulting reaction solution was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 30 min, the reaction was carefully quenched with ethanol. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with 1N HCl. The organic layer was further washed with 5% NaHCO₃ solution, brine, and dried with MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=1/3) to give a pale brown oil in 3.84 g. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 8

A solution of diethyl azodicarboxylate (348 mg, 2.0 mmol) in 2 ml THF was added to a solution of the product of step 7 (275 mg, 1.25 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (525 mg, 2.0 mmol) in 10 ml THF at room temperature and stirred for 15 min. 6-(methylamino)-2-pyridyl ethanol (304 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. THF was evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane=1/1) to yield a solid in 500 mg. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 9

The product of step 8 (500 mg, 1.4 mmol) was dissolved in 25 ml methanol and 25 ml 1N sodium hydroxide solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h, acidified with 4 ml trifluoroacetic acid, and concentrated. The residue was purified on HPLC using acetonitrile gradient 15-50% in 30 min to yield 200 mg. FAB-MS:(MH+)=327.4. H NMR (CDCl3) δ 0.82 (dt, 1H), 0.94 (dt, 1H), 1.3 (m, 1H), 1.73 (dt, 1 IH), 2.43 (d, 2H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 3.23 (t, 2H), 4.29 (t, 2H), 6.59 (d, 1H), 6.68 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 7.73 (dd, 1H), 9.84 (br, 1H). Anal Calcd. for C₁₉H₂₂N₂O₃ plus 1.45 CF₃COOH: C, 53.49; H, 4.81; N, 5.70. Found: 53.64; H, 5.06; N, 5.92.

EXAMPLE 12 2-[4-[2-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-pyrido[3,2-b]-1,4-oxazin-6-yl)ethoxy]phenyl]-cyclopropaneacetic acid

Step 1

2-amino-6-methyl-3-pyridinol

3-Hydroxy-6-methyl-2-nitropyridine (30 g, 194.6 mmol) was hydrogenated in ethanol solution at 50° C. using H₂ at 5 psi and 20% Pd(OH)₂/C catalyst for 1 hour. Upon completion of the reaction, the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to get the desired product 1 as a brown solid (23.68 g, 98%). NMR data was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 2

6-methyl-2H-pyrido[3,2-b]-1,4-oxazin-3(4H)-one

chloroacetyl chloride (0.37 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred, cooled (0° C.) mixture of 1 (0.500 g), 0.810 g NaHCO₃, and 4 mL 2-butanone in 4 mL water. Once the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temp. and stirred for 30 minutes, then heated to 75° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temp. and the 2-butanone was stripped off under reduced pressure. 1 mL water was added and the solids were filtered off and washed with water to get the crude product. The solid was dissolved in warmed (50° C.) ethyl acetate and filtered through a small plug of silica gel. The silica gel was washed with more warm ethyl acetate, combined with the filtrate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the desired product 2 (0.250 g, 38%) as a deep orange solid. NMR data was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 3

Synthesis of 3,4-dihydro-6-methyl-2H-pyrido[3,2-b]-1,4-oxazine

LiAlH₄ (0.289 g) was slowly added to 15 mL dry THF in a round-bottom flask fitted with a stirbar and a condenser. After stirring for 10 minutes, a solution of 2 (1.00 g) in 15 mL dry THF was added dropwise. Upon completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temp. and quenched with 1 M NaOH solution until the mixture had become a milky yellow color. The precipitate was filtered off and washed 3 times with CH₂Cl₂. The filtrate and washings were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get 3 (0.910 g, 99%) as a pale yellow oil, which solidified on standing. NMR data was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 4

2,3-dihydro-6-methyl-4H-pyrido[3,2-b]-1,4-oxazine-4-carboxylic acid, 1,1-dimethylethyl ester

A solution of 3 (2.96 g), di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (4.302 g) and triethylamine (2.75 mL) in 35 mL DMF was warmed to 50° C. with stirring for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temp. and was concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 30/70 ethyl acetate/hexane). The desired fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the desired product 4 (1.46 g, 30%) as a yellow oil. NMR data was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 5

4-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido[3,2-b]-1,4-oxazine-6-acetic acid, ethyl ester

Lithium diisopropylamide solution (8.17 MI, 2.0 M in THF/ethylbenzene/heptane) was added dropwise to a chilled (−78° C.), stirred solution of 4 (1.46 g) and diethyl carbonate (2.549 g) in 15 mL dry THF under nitrogen atmosphere. After 30 minutes the reaction was quenched with saturated NH₄Cl solution and warmed to room temp. The mixture was extracted three times with ethyl acetate and all organic extracts were combined, dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 40/60 ethyl acetate/hexane). The desired fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the desired product 5 (1.48 g, 78%) as a yellow solid. NMR data was consistent with the proposed structure.

Step 6

3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido[3,2-b]-1,4-oxazine-6-ethanol

To a solution of 5 (1.48 g) in dry THF (20 mL) at room temp. was added a solution of LiBH₄ (2.0 M in THF, 2.75 mL), and the resulting mixture was heated to reflux. After 16 hours the mixture was cooled to 0° C. and carefully quenched with water (20 mL). After 10 minutes, the mixture was extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. This residue was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (3 mL), and to this solution was added 4 M HCl in dioxane (6 mL) all at once at room temp. After 4 hours, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product, which was chromatographed on silica gel (eluent: 94.5/5/0.5 chloroform/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide). The desired fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the desired product 6 (0.364 g, 44%) as a pale yellow solid. H MNR(CDCl3) δ 2.78 (t, 2H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.92 (t, 2H), 4.23 (m, 2H), 6.40 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 2H).

Step 7

2-[4-[2-(3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido[3,2-b]-1,4-oxazin-6-yl)ethoxy]phenyl]cyclopropaneacetic acid, ethyl ester

A solution of diethyl azodicarboxylate (348 mg, 2.0 mmol) in 2 ml THF was added to a solution of the product of step 8, EXAMPLE 11 (366 mg, 1.66 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (525 mg, 2.0 mmol) in 10 ml THF at room temperature and stirred for 15 min. The product of step 6 (360 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. THF was evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, CH₂Cl₂/CH₃OH/NH₄OH 98.5/1/0.5) to yield an yellow oil in 380 mg. NMR spectra of the product were consistent for the proposed structure.

Step 8

2-[4-[2-(3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido[3,2-b]-1,4-oxazin-6-yl)ethoxy]phenyl]cyclopropaneacetic acid

The product of step 7 (380 mg, 1 mmol) was dissolved in 5 ml methanol and 2.5 ml 1 N sodium hydroxide solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h, acidified with 1 ml trifluoroacetic acid, and concentrated. The residue was purified on HPLC using acetonitrile gradient 15-50% in 30 min to yield 210 mg desired product as an yellow oil. FAB-MS:(MH+)=355. H MNR(CDCl3) δ 0.78 (m, 1H), 0.86 (m, 1H), 1.21 (m, 1H), 1.70 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 2H), 3.12 (t, 2H), 3.63 (t, 2H), 4.22 (t, 2H), 4.26 (t, 2H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 7.0 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 1H). Anal Calcd. for C₂₀H₂₂N₂O₄ plus 1 CF₃COOH and 0.2 H₂O: C, 55.98; H, 5.00; N, 5.93. Found: 55.90; H, 5.28; N, 5.24.

EXAMPLE 13 3-[4-[3-(2-Pyridinylamino)propoxy]phenyl]cyclobutaneacetic acid

The compounds of Formula 1 containing a cyclobutyl with a 1,3-substituion can be synthesized as shown in the above scheme. For example, reaction of 4-methoxystyrene with in-situ generated dichloroketene gives the cycloadduct which can be dehalogenated to give the cyclobutanone derivative shown in Step 2. The reaction described in Tetrahedron Asymmetry 10, 2113-2118, 1999 for other substituted styrenes can be used to accomplish their synthesis. Elaboration of this intermediate involving Horner-Emmons reaction, reduction of olefin, demethylation, Mitsunobu reaction, deoxygenation and hydrolysis of ester gives the target compound. The experimental conditions described in Steps 2-7, in Example 2 can be used to achieve the synthesis of target compound.

EXAMPLE 14 (1-Methyl-2-{4-[3-(Pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound was prepared following the reaction scheme 8. ¹H MNR(CDCl₃) δ 0.83 (t,1H), 0.86 (s, 3H), 0.93 (dd,1H), 2.05 (dd,1IH), 2.19 (p, 2H), 2.29 (d, 1H), 2.57 (d, 1H), 2.57 (d, 1H), 3.53 (q, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 6.70 (t, 1H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 7.15 (d, 2H), 7.73 (ddd, 1H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 9.70 (br, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z=341 (MH⁺); Anal Calcd. for C₂₀H₂₄N₂O₃.1.65 CF₃COOH: C, 52.95; H, 4.89; N, 5.30. Found: 52.90; H, 4.95; N, 5.36.

EXAMPLE 15 (1-Methyl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound was prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 16 (2-{2-Methoxy-4-[3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 11.

EXAMPLE 17 [1-Methyl-2-(4-{2-[6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethylamino)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-cyclopropyl]-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 10.

EXAMPLE 18 (2-{4-[2-(6-Ethylamino-pyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 10.

EXAMPLE 19 [2-(4-{2-[6-(2-Methoxy-ethylamino)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-cyclopropyl]-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 10.

EXAMPLE 20 [2-(4-{2-[6-(2,2,2-Trifluoro-ethylamino)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-cyclopropyl]-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 10.

EXAMPLE 21 [2-(4-{2-[6-(3-Methoxy-propylamino)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-cyclopropyl]-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 10.

EXAMPLE 22 (2-{2-Fluoro-4-[3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 11.

EXAMPLE 23 (2-{2-Acetoxy-4-[3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 11.

EXAMPLE 24 (1-Methoxymethyl-2-{4-[3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 25 (1-Methanesulfonylmethyl-2-{4-[3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 26 (1-Pyridin-3-yl-2-{4-[3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 27 (1-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl-2-{4-[3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 28 (1-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-6-yl)-2-{4-[3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 29 (1-Isoxazol-3-yl-2-{4-[3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 30 (1-Isoxazol-5-yl-2-{4-[3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 31 (1-Oxazol-5-yl-2-{4-[3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 32 (2-{4-[3-(Pyridin-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1-thiazol-5-yl-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 33 (1-Methoxymethyl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 34 (1-Methanesulfonylmethyl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 35 (1-Pyridin-3-yl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 36 (1-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-6-yl)-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 37 (1-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 38 (1-Isoxazol-3-yl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 39 (1-Isoxazol-5-yl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 40 (1-Oxazol-5-yl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 41 (2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-1-thiazol-5-yl-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 8.

EXAMPLE 42 (2-{4-[3-(1-H-Imidazol-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 9.

EXAMPLE 43 (2-{3-Fluoro-4-[3-(1-H-imidazol-2-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 9.

EXAMPLE 44 (2-{3-Fluoro-4-[3-(3-H-imidazol-4-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 9.

EXAMPLE 45 (2-{4-[3-(3-H-Imidazol-4-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 9.

EXAMPLE 46 (2-{4-[3-(1-H-Pyrazol-3-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 9.

EXAMPLE 47 (2-{3-Fluoro-4-[3-(1-H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)-propoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 9.

EXAMPLE 48 (1-Methyl-2-{4-[2-(6-methylamino-pyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 10.

EXAMPLE 49 (2-{4-[2-(6-Ethylamino-pyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-1-methyl-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 10.

EXAMPLE 50 [2-(4-{2-[6-(2-Methoxy-ethylamino)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-1-methyl -cyclopropyl]-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 10.

EXAMPLE 51 [2-(4-{2-[6-(3-Methoxy-propylamino)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-1-methyl-cyclopropyl]-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 10.

EXAMPLE 52 (2-{4-[2-(6-Acetylamino-pyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-1-methyl-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 10.

EXAMPLE 53 (2-{4-[2-(6-Acetylamino-pyridin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 10.

EXAMPLE 54 (2-{4-[3-(1,4,5,6-Tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 12. Step 1. 4-(p-Methoxyphenyl)-but-3-enoic acid.

4-(p-Methoxyphenyl)-but-3-enoic acid. A mixture of 2-carboxypropyltriphenyl-phosphonium bromide (210 g, 506 mmol) and p-anisaldehyde (62.1 mL) in dimethylsulfoxide (600 mL) was added slowly to a suspension of sodium hydride (41 g, 60% suspension in mineral oil) in tetrahydrofuran (300 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred mechanically for 18 h and was quenched with water (1 L) followed by addition of sodium hydroxide (100 mL, 2.5M) and was extracted with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified to afford oil. The oil was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 L), dried and was concentrated. The residue was added hexane and ethyl acetate and was cooled. The desired product precipitated and was filtered and was washed with hexane to afford 90 g (92%) as a yellow crystalline solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.29 (m, 2H), 6.83 (m, 2H), 6.42(d, 1H, J=15.8 Hz), 6.11-6.18 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.17 (m, 2H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₁H₁₂O₃: Mol Wt, 192.0786. Found: Mol. Wt, 192.1176 (HRMS). Step 2. (N-Methoxy-N-methyl)-4-(p-Methoxyphenyl)-but-3-enamide.

A mixture of 4-(p-methoxyphenyl)-but-3-enoic acid (81.51 g, 0.425 mole), HOBt (57.6 g), EDC (81.4 g) in dimethylformamide (1.5 L) was stirred mechanically. N-methyl-O-methylhydroxylamie hydrochloride (41.5 g) was added followed by triethylamine (120 mL) to the reaction mixture and stirring continued for 18 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (1L) and sodium bicarbonate (saturated solution, 0.75 L). The organic layer was washed with water (1 L), brine (1 L), dried and was concentrated to afford a residue. A solution of the residue was passed through a thick pad of silica gel (40% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 40.8 g (39%) of the desired product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.29 (m, 2H), 6.83 (m, 2H), 6.44 (d, 1H, J=15.8 Hz), 6.11-6.18 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.19 (s, 3H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₃H₁₇NO₃: Mol Wt, 235.1208. Found: Mol. Wt, 236.1255 (M+H, HRMS). Step 3. N-Methoxy-N-methyl-1-(p-Methoxyphenyl)-2-cyclopropaneacetamide.

Iodochloromethane(247 g,102 mL, 1.4 Mol) was added to a solution of dimethoxyethane (73 mL) in dichloromethane (1 L) at −15° C. A solution of diethylzinc (704 mL, 1M in hexane) was added slowly maintaining the temperature at −15° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min and (N-methoxy-N-methyl)-4-(p-methoxyphenyl)-but-3-enamide 82.06 g (0.349 mmol) in dichloromethane (500 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred for 18 h. It was quenched with hydrochloric acid (1N, 1 L). The organic layer was washed with water (1L), brine (1L), dried and was concentrated. The residue was passed through a pad of silica gel (30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 89 g (98%) of the desired product as oil. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.03 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.78 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.40-2.61 (m, 2H), 1.7-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.37 (m, 1H), 0.88-0.94 (m, 1H), 0.78-0.83 (m, 1H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₄H₁₉NO₃: Mol Wt, 249.1365. Found: Mol. Wt, 250.1405 (M+H, HRMS). Step 4. 1-(p-Methoxyphenyl)cyclopropane-2-acetic acid.

Sodium hydroxide (100 mL, 2.5 M) was added to a solution of N-methoxy-N-methyl-1-(p-methoxyphenyl)-2-cyclopropaneacetamide (89 g) in ethanol (300 mL) and was stirred for 24 h at rt. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was portioned between ether (400 mL) and water (1 L).

The aqueous layer was acidified to afford 65 g (88%) of the desired product as a crystalline powder. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.02 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 6.79 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.50 (m, 2H), 1.7-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.29-1.41 (m, 1H), 0.92-0.97 (m, 1H), 0.80-0.84 (m, 1H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₂H₁₄O₃: Mol Wt, 206.0943. Found: Mol. Wt, 206.0901 Step 5. Ethyl 1-(p-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropane-2-acetate.

A mixture of 1-(p-mthoxyphenyl)cyclopropane-2-acetic acid (65 g, 301 mmol), ethanol (500 mL) and hydrochloric acid (10 mL) was heated at reflux for 18 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue in ether (500 mL) was washed with saturated bicarbonate (200 mL), dried and was concentrated to afford 60 g (82%) of the desired product as oil. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.02 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 6.79 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 4.14 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.40 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.31 (m, 4H), 0.89-0.94 (m, 1H), 0.76-0.81 (m, 1H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₄H₁₈O₃: Mol Wt, 234.1256. Found: Mol. Wt, 252.1582(M+NH₄, HRMS). Step 6. Ethyl 1-(p-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropane-2-acetate.

Boron tribromide (246 mL, 1 M) in dichloromethane was added slowly to a solution of ethyl 1-(p-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropane-2-acetate (60 g, 246 mmol) in dichloromethane (1L) at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. It was cooled to 0° C. and was quenched with excess ethanol. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue in ethyl acetate (1 L) was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (500 mL), washed with brine (500 mL), dried and was concentrated. The residue was purified by passing through a thick pad of silica and eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 50.2 g (89%) of the desired product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 6.93 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 6.71 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 4.15(q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 2.37 (d, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.66-1.71 (m,1H), 1.23-1.28 (m, 4H), 0.87-0.91 (m, 1H), 0.75-0.79 (m, 1H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₃H₁₆O₃: Mol Wt, 220.1099. Found: Mol. Wt, 238.1410(M+NH₄, HRMS). Step 7. Synthesis of ethyl [2-(4-{3-[(tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino]propoxy}-phenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate.

To a solution of tert-butyl 3-hydroxypropylcarbamate (1.193 g, 0.0068 mol) and polymer bound PPh₃ (2.75 g, 0.0068 mol) in dry THF (20 mL) was added [2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid (1.0 g, 0.0045 mol) in dry THF (20 mL) followed by addition of DIAD (1.48 mL, 0.0068 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, filtered through Celite and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel using 30% ethyl acetate/hexane to give (1.5 g) colorless solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.01 (d, 2H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 4.2 (t, 2H), 3.35 (t, 2H), 2.47 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.67 (m, 1H), 1.32 (s, 9H), 1.22 (m, 4H), 0.82 (m, 1H), 0.76 (m, 1H). M⁺=378. Step 8. Synthesis of ethyl (2-{4-[3-(1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate.

To a solution of the N-Boc amine from step 1 (1.5 g, 0.004 mol) in dry dichloromethane (10 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (5 mL, 0.02 mol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for few hours and solvent evaporated to give white solid. To a solution of 2-(methylthio)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine hydroiodide (3.82 g, 0.0149 mol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) and triethylamine (5 g, 0.05 mol) was added crude amine in acetonitrile (20 mL). The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight and solvent concentrated to give solid residue used without further purification. The mass spectrum was consistent with the desired product. M⁺=360. Step 9. Synthesis of (2-{4-[3-(1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propoxy]-phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

The crude ethyl ester from step 2 (2.51 g, 0.007 mol) was dissolved in ethanol (30 mL) and water (10 mL) and LiOH (1.472 g, 0.028 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and concentrated to remove ethanol. The residue was dissolved in 50% acetonitrile in water and acidified by adding TFA. The residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC to give the title compound (0.74 g) as solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.57(br, s, 2H), 7.01 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 3.35 (m, 6H), 2.47 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.67 (m, 1H), 1.22 (m, 1H), 0.82 (m, 1H), 0.76 (m, 1H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₈H₂₅N₃O₃: Mol. Wt. 332.1969. Found. 332.1973 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 55 [2-(4-{3-[(5-Hydroxy-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-yl)amino]propoxy}-phenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid.

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 12. Step 1. Synthesis of tert-butyl 2-[(3-{4-[2-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)cyclopropyl]-phenoxy}propyl)amino]-5-hydroxy-5,6-dihydropyrimidine-1(4H)-carboxylate

To a solution of the ethyl [2-(4-{3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]propoxy}-phenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (Step 6, Example 1, 3.52 g, 0.01 mol) in dry dichloromethane (20 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (12.5 mL, 0.05 mol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and solvent evaporated to give white solid as HCl salt. To a solution of tert-butyl 5-hydroxy-2-(methylthio)-5,6-dihydropyrimidine-1(4H)-carboxylate (1.96 g, 0.0079 mol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) and triethylamine (4.5 mL) was added crude amine (1 g, 0.0032 mol) in acetonitrile (20 mL). The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight and solvent concentrated to give solid residue, which used without further purification. The mass spectrum was consistent with the proposed structure. Step 2. Synthesis of [2-(4-{3-[(5-hydroxy-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-yl)amino]propoxy}phenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid.

To a solution of crude guanidine from step 1 (3.66 g, 0.01 mol) in dry dichloromethane (20 mL) was added 4H HCl in dioxane (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and solvent concentrated to give white solid. To a solution of the residue (1 g) in ethanol (20 mL) and water (5 mL) and was added LiOH (0.8 g). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and concentrated to remove ethanol. The residue was dissolved in 50% acetonitrile in water and acidified by adding TFA and purified on reverse phase HPLC to give the title compound as solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD)) δ 7.57(br, s, 2H), 7.01 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 4.00 (t, 2H), 3.2-3.4 (m, 6H), 2.37 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.77 (m, 1H), 1.22 (m, 1H), 0.92 (m, 1H), 0.86 (m, 1H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₈H₂₅N₃O₄: Mol. Wt. 348.192. Found. 348.1918 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 56 tert-Butyl 5-hydroxy-2-(methylthio)-5,6-dihydropyrimidine-1(4H)-carboxylate

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 12. Step 1. Synthesis of ethyl {2-[4-(3-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-propoxy)phenyl]cyclopropyl}acetate.

To a solution of the ethyl [2-(4-{3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]propoxy}-phenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (Step 6, Example 1, 3.52 g, 0.01 mol) in dry dichloromethane (20 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (12.5 mL, 0.05 mol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and solvent evaporated to give white solid as HCl salt. To a solution of carbamidic chloride hydrochloride (2.03 g, 0.0176 mol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) and triethylamine (11 mL) was added crude amine (2.75 g, 0.0088 mol) in acetonitrile (20 mL). The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight and solvent concentrated to give solid residue used without further purification. The mass spectrum was consistent with the proposed structure. M⁺=320. Step 2. Synthesis of tert-butyl 5-hydroxy-2-(methylthio)-5,6-dihydropyrimidine-1(4H)-carboxylate.

To a solution of the ester from step 1 (1 g, 0.003 mol) in ethanol (20 mL) and water (5 mL) and was added LiOH (0.63 g, 0.015 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and concentrated to remove ethanol. The residue was dissolved in 50% acetonitrile in water and acidified by adding TFA and purified on reverse phase HPLC to give the title compound as solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.01 (d, 2H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 4.00 (t, 2H), 3.4 (t, 2H), 2.35 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 1H), 1.21 (m, 1H), 0.94 (m,1H), 0.86 (m,1H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₂₁N₃O₃: Mol. Wt. 292.1656. Found. 292.1647 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 57 2-[4-(2-{6-[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]pyridin-2-yl}ethoxy)phenyl]cyclopropylacetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 13. Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl 6-(2-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}ethyl)pyridin-2-ylcarbamate.

To a solution of tert-butyl 6-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-ylcarbamate (10 gr; 42 mmol) in 100 ml of methylene chloride was added imidazole (7.15 g; 105 mmol) followed by t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (6.96 g; 46.2 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at 25° C. After 16 hr, the reaction mixture was diluted with methylene chloride (200 mL) and washed with water (150 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine and dried (MgSO₄). The solution was evaporated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum to give 14.46 g of a viscous oil (99%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 7.74 (1H, d, J=8 Hz); 7.55 (1H, t, J=8 Hz); 7.33 (1H, br. s); 6.85 (1H, d, J=8 Hz); 3.91 (2H, t, J=7 Hz); 2.86 (2H, t, J=7 Hz); 1.51 (9H, s); 0.84 (9H, s); −0.04 (6H, s). Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl 6-(2-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}ethyl)pyridin-2-yl(2-methoxyethyl)carbamate.

The product from the previous step (1.0 gr; 2.8 mmol) was dissolved in THF (11.2 mL) and to this solution was added lithium hexamethyldisilylamide in tetrahydrofuran. The reaction was stirred at 25° C. for 15 minutes then 2-bromomethylether (389.2 mg; 2.8 mmol) was added (0.26 mL). The reaction was stirred overnight then heated to 45° C. and monitored. Additional 2-bromomethylether (0.26 ml) was added and heated to 55° C. After 12 hr, the reaction mixture was diluted with ether and the resulting solution was washed with brine. The organic extracts were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and evaporated to dryness to give a golden brown oil. The oil was purified by chromatography to give 275 mg of the desired product. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 7.58 (1H, t, J=7.5 Hz); 7.50 (1H, d, J=8 Hz); 6.90 (1H, d, J=7 Hz); 4.14 (2H, t, J=6 Hz); 4.07 (1H, br. s); 4.01 (2H, t, J=6 Hz); 3.65 (2H, t, J=6 Hz); 3.34 (3H, s); 2.99 (2H, t, J=6 Hz); 1.54 (9H, s). Step 3 Preparation of tert-butyl 6-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl(2-methoxyethyl)carbamate.

The product from the previous step (263 mg; 0.64 mmole) was dissolved in 1.2 mL of dimethylformamide and to this solution was added 0.15 mL of water. Next potassium fluoride (55 mg; 0.96 mmol) was added to the reaction and heated to 50° C. Increments of KF (55 mg; 0.96 mmol) were added to the reaction till completion. The reaction was evaporated to dryness then purified by column chromatography (20% ethyl acetate/hexane; SiO₂) to give 116 mg of the desired product. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.51 (1H, dd, J=8, 7 Hz); 7.40 (1H, d, J=8 Hz); 6.91 (1H, d, J=7 Hz); 4.11 (2H, t, J=7 Hz); 3.95 (2H, t, J=7 Hz); 3.60 (2H, t, J=7 Hz); 3.32 (3H, s); 2.92 (2H, t, J=7 Hz); 1.50 (9H, s); 0.84 (9H, s); −0.03 (6H, s). Step 4. Preparation of ethyl {2-[4-(2-{6-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)(2-methoxyethyl)amino]pyridin-2-yl}ethoxy)phenyl]cyclopropyl}acetate.

The product from the previous step (116 mg; 0.39 mmole) was dissolved in 0.7 mL of THF. In a two necked flask equipped with stir bar and a nitrogen atmosphere was added the cyclopropylphenol (Step 6, Example 1, 85.5 mg; 0.39 mmole) as a solution in 0.7 mL of anhydrous THF. To this solution was added triphenylphosphine (102.3 mg; 0.39 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0° C. and 61.4 μL of diethyldiazodicarboxylate (0.39 mmol; 67.92 mg) was added. The solution was stirred for 12 hr. The reaction was worked up by evaporating to dryness and then purified by column chromatography (gradient 20%-50%ethyl acetate/hexane) to give a mixture containing unreacted starting phenol. The product was taken directly to the next step without further purification. ¹H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.58 (1H, t, J=8 Hz); 7.47 (1H, d, J=8 Hz); 7.02 (2H, d, J=8 Hz); 7.00 (1H, d, J=8 Hz); 6.81 (2H, d, J=8 Hz); 4.33 (2H, t, J=7 Hz); 4.18 (2H, q, J=7 Hz); 4.14 (2H, t, J=7 Hz); 3.62 (2H, t, J=7 Hz); 3.30 (3H, s); 3.20 (2H, t, J=7 Hz); 2.42 (1H, dd, J=16, 7 Hz); 2.36 (1H, dd, J=16, 7 Hz); 1.73 (1H, dt, J=8, 5 Hz); 1.52 (9H, s); 1.31 (1H, m); 1.29 (3H, t, J=7 Hz); 0.92 (1H, dt, J=8, 5 Hz); 0.70 (1H, dt, J=8, 5 Hz). Step 5. Preparation of ethyl {2-[4-(2-{6-[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]pyridin-2-yl}ethoxy)phenyl]cyclopropyl}acetate.

The product from the previous step (116 mg) was dissolved in 5 ml of methylene chloride and to this solution was added 5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction was stirred at 25° C. After 1.5 hr, the reaction was evaporated to dryness and purified by reverse phase HPLC (95/5 H₂O/CH₃CN). ¹H NMR, (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 7.82 (1H, dd, J=9, 7 Hz); 7.05 (2H, d, J=8 Hz); 6.87 (1H, d, J=9 Hz); 6.84 (2H, d, J=8 Hz); 6.78 (1H, d, J=7 Hz); 4.29 (2H, t, J=7 Hz); 4.11 (2H, q, J=7 Hz); 3.62 (2H, t, J=6 Hz); 3.50 (2H, t, J=6 Hz); 3.37 (3H, s); 3.18 (2H, t, J=7Hz); 2.45 (1H, dd, J=16, 7 Hz); 2.31 (1H, dd, J=16, 8 Hz); 1.73 (1H, dt, J=8, 5 Hz); 1.23 (3H, t, J=7 Hz); 1.22 (1H, m); 0.90 (1H, dt, J=8, 5 Hz); 0.81 (1H, dt, J=8, 5 Hz). Step 6. Preparation of 2-[4-(2-{6-[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]pyridin-2-yl}ethoxy)phenyl]cyclopropylacetic acid.

The product (76 mg) from the previous step was dissolved in 5 mL of methanol and 5 mL of 1N sodium hydroxide at 25° C. The methanol was removed and trifluoroacetic acid adjusting to a pH=2 then the resulting solution was evaporated to dryness. The compound was purified by reverse phase HPLC (C18, gradient H₂O/acetonitrile) to give 76 mg of the desired product. 7.79 (1H, dd, J=8, 7), 7.01 (2H, d, J=8), 6.82 (1H, d, J=8), 6.80 (2H, d, J=8), 6.72 (1H, d, J=7), 4.26 (2H, t, J=6), 3.57 (2H, dd, J=5), 3.45 (2H, t, J=5), 3.32 (3H, s), 3.15(2H, t, J=6), 2.39 (1H, dd, J=17,7), 2.29 (1H, dd, J=17,8), 1.68 (1H, dt, J=8,5), 1.18 (1H, m), 0.85(1H, dt, J=8, 6), 0.77 (1H, dt, J=8, 6).

EXAMPLE 58 (2-{3-Hydroxy-4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

Step 1. (2E)-3-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylprop-2-enamide

To a solution of (2E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)prop-2-enoic acid (15 g, 72 mmol) in dry DMF (200 mL) was added EDC (15.2 g, 79 mmol) and HOBT (10.7 g, 79 mmol), stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. To the above solution was added N, O-dimethylhydroxyamine HCl (7.73 g, 79 mmol) neat followed by triethylamine (11.2 mL, 79 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Reaction mixture was brought up to CH₂Cl₂ (500 mL) and washed with 0.5 N HCl (2×300 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (2×300 mL), brine (2×300 mL). Dried over MgSO₄. Concentrated residue was brought up to ether (500 mL) and washed with half saturated NaCl (2×150 mL), brine (2×150 mL), dried over MgSO₄. Concentrated and dried to afford 9 g (50%) clear oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.7 (d, 1H, J=15.7 Hz), 7.1 (d, 1H, J=8.3 Hz), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.9-6.8 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.29 (s, 3H). M+H=252.10 Step 2. 2-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclopropanecarboxamide

To a solution of trimethylsulfoxonium iodide (14.5 g, 68 mmol) in DMSO (50 mL) under nitrogen was cooled with a room temperature water bath. To the solution was added NaH, 60% in mineral oil (2.7 g, 67 mmol) portion wise over 20 minutes. The suspension solution was stirred for one hour. A solution of (2E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylprop-2-enamide (8.5 g, 34 mmol) in DMSO (50 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated NH₄Cl (200 mL). The mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filleted and concentrated. The concentrated residue was chromatographed on silica gel (30% to 40% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 7.3 g oil (81%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.7 (m, 1H), 6.69-6.64 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.84(s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 3 H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 2.3 (m, 1H), 1.6 (m, 1H), 1.3 (m, 1H). M+H=266.11. Step 3. 2-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarbaldehyde

To the solution of 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclopropanecarboxamide (6.6 g, 25 mmol) in dry THF (50 mL) under nitrogen at −78° C. was added DIBAL (1M in hexane, 37 mmol). The reaction was stirred at −78° C. for three hours. Reaction mixture was poured into saturated potassium sodium tartrate (250 mL) and stirred for one hour. Solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×200 mL). Combined organic solution was washed with brine and dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by passing through silica gel eluting with 30% ethyl acetate to afford 4.9 g (95%) oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 9.3 (d, 1H, J=4.7 Hz), 6.7 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.6(m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3 H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.1 (m, 1H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.5 (m, 1H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₂H₁₄O₃: Mol Wt. 206.2414. Found: Mol Wt, 206.0943 (m/z, HRMS). Step 4. [2-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetaldehyde

To the solution of (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (12.2 g, 35.6 mmol) in dry THF (50 mL) at 4° C. was added lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1M in THF, 34 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 4° C. To the solution was added 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarbaldehyde (4.7 g, 23.7 mmol) in THF (50 mL). Ice bath was removed 30 minutes later and reaction was stirred one hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water (200 mL). Extracted with ether (3×100 mL), washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄. Concentrated. The concentrated residue was chromatographed on silica gel (100% hexane to 20% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 5.6 g oil. To the resulting methoxy olefin (5.5 g) in THF (50 mL) was added HCl (1.5N, 40 mL) and refluxed for one hour. The reaction was cooled to room temperature. Neutralized by adding saturated NaHCO₃ slowly and extracted with ether. Combined organic solution was concentrated to afford 4 g (77%) oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 9.8 (t, 1H, J=1.9 Hz), 6.8 (m, 1H ), 6.6 (m, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3 H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.3 (m, 1H), 1.0 (m, 1H), 0.8 (m, 1H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₃H₁₆O₃: Mol Wt. 220.2682. Found: Mol Wt, 220.1099 (m/z, HRMS). Step 5. 2-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid

To the solution of [2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetaldehyde (3.9 g, 17.7 mmol) in ethanol (25 mL) was cooled in ice bath then added silver nitrate (6.8 g in 10 mL distilled water) followed by NaOH (3.2 g in 10 mL distilled water). Ice bath was removed 20 minutes later. The reaction was stirred one hour at room temperature. Solid in the reaction mixture was filtered out through Celite and washed with water (200 mL). Filtrate was concentrated to remove ethanol. The aqueous solution was washed with ether (3×100 mL) then acidified by adding concentrated HCl. The acidified aqueous solution was extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic solution was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄. Dried to afford 3.5 g orange solid (83%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.7 (d, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.6 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3 H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.3 (m, 1H), 1.0 (m, 1H), 0.8 (m, 1H). M+H=237.10. Step 6. Ethyl [2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate

To the acid from step 5 (3.4 g, 14.4 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (10 mL) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred two hours at room temperature. Concentrated. Concentrated residue was brought up to ethyl acetate (250 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO₃, brine, dried over MgSO₄. Dried to afford 3.2 g oil (84%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.8 (m, 1H), 6.6 (m, 2H), 4.1 (t, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3 H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.3 (m, 1H), 1.25(t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz), 0.9 (m, 1H), 0.8 (m, 1H). Step 7. Ethyl [2-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate

To the methoxy ethyl ester (0.5 g, 1.8 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 m) at −2° C. was added BBr₃ (1M in CH₂Cl₂, 1.8 mL). Temperature was kept under 2° C. during the addition. The reaction was slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred 18 hours at room temperature. Three more equivalents of BBr₃ was added the next day at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred 6 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with ethanol (10 mL) very slowly at 0° C. The reaction was stirred one hour at room temperature. Ethanol was removed. Concentrated residue was passed through silica gel bed eluted with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane. Dried to afford 0.48 g dark oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.7 (m, 1H), 6.6(m, 1H), 6.5 (m, 1H), 5.6 (s, 1H), 5.5 (s, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.3 (d, 2H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.6 (m, 1H), 1.3 (m, 4H), 0.9 (m, 1H), 0.8 (m, 1H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₂₀O₄: Mol Wt. 264.3214. Found: Mol Wt, 264.1362 (m/z, HRMS). Step 8. (2-{3-Hydroxy-4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

To a solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)-1-ethanol (0.34 g, 1.9 mmol) and polymer bound PPh3 (0.76 g, 2.3 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) was added cyclopropyl phenol (0.45 g, 1.9 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.36 mL, 2.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred 18 hours at room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite to remove the polymer and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 60 mg yellow oil as mixture (meta and para) of ethyl ester of desired compound. The mixture of ester was dissolved in 50% acetonitrile in water (2 mL) with LiOH (0.1 g). The reaction mixture was stirred several hours at room temperature then purified on reverse phase HPLC twice to afford 6.6 mg solid of desired product. Two dimensional NMR confirmed the structure. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, D₂O) δ 7.3 (d, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 6.7 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.4 (m, 3 H), 4.2 (t, 2 H, J=6.0 Hz), 3.2 (t, 2H, J=5.5 Hz), 2.9 (t, 2 H, J=5.7 Hz), 2.5 (t, 2 H, J=5.5 Hz), 2.2 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 2H), 1.5 (m, 1H), 1.1 (m, 1H), ??0.7 (m, 2 H). HRMS calcd for C₂₁H₂₄N₂O₃ (M+H): 369.1814. Found: 369.1781.

EXAMPLE 59 (+) (2-{4-[3-(4,5-Dihydro-1H-imidazol-2-ylamino)propoxy]-3-fluorophenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 14. Step 1. (+) [2-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]methanol

In a dried 250 mL three necked round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, an internal thermocouple probe, and an addition funnel was added 50 mL of methylene chloride and 1.48 g of 1,2 dimethoxyethane. The solution was cooled to −10° under argon and 2.03 g (1.69 mL) of diethylzinc was slowly added. To this solution was added 8.82 g of diiodomethane over a 15 minutes period while maintaining the temperature between −8 and −12°. After the addition was complete, the resulting clear solution was stirred for 10 minutes at −10°. A solution of 2.67 g of (4R-trans)-2-Butyl-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyl[1,3,2]dioxa-borolane-4,5-dicarboxamide in 10 mL of methylene chloride was added over 5 minutes while keeping the temperature below −5° (cyclopropanated in asymmetric fashion according to the procedure described in Org. Syn., 76, 86-100 (1999)). A solution of 1.50 g of the alcohol (WO 0196307, Example 9, step 2) in 10 mL of methylene chloride was then added over a 5 minute period while maintaining the temperature below −5°. The reaction was then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring continued overnight. The reaction was then quenched with 20 mL of saturated ammonium chloride solution and 50 mL of 1 N hydrochloric acid. The mixture was poured into a separatory funnel and extracted with 100 mL of diethyl ether. The layers were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with two additional 25 mL portions of diethyl ether. The combined organic extracts were placed in a flask and a solution containing 75 mL of 2N sodium hydroxide solution and 20 mL of 30% hydrogen peroxide was added in one portion and vigorously stirred for 5 minutes. The layers were separated and the organic portion was successively washed with 75 mL of 1N hydrochloric acid, 75 mL of aqueous saturated sodium sulfite solution, 75 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and 75 mL of brine. The organic solution was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and purified on a silica gel column eluting with 40% ethyl acetate-60% hexane to afford 1.17 g of a white solid. The ¹H NMR spectrum was consistent for the proposed structure. [a]_(D) ²⁵+49.7(EtOH, c 1.680). Step 2. (+) Ethyl [2-(4-{3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]propoxy}-3-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate

In a flame dried flask under nitrogen was placed a solution of 1.0 g of the chiral phenol (product from step 1, converted to (+) ethyl [2-(4-hydroxy-3-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate as in WO 0196307, Example 9) 1.18 g of triphenylphosphine, and 789 mg of tert-butyl N-(3-hydroxypropyl)-carbamate and stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. A solution of 783 mg of diethyl azodicarboxylate in 5 mL of THF was added dropwise and stirring continued overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue purified on a silica gel column (3:1 hexane:ethyl acetate) to afford 1.51 g of a colorless oil. The NMR spectrum was consistent for the proposed structure. Step 3. (+) Ethyl {2-[4-(3-aminopropoxy)-3-fluorophenyl]cyclopropyl}acetate

A solution of 1.45 g of the material from step 2, 25 mL of methylene chloride and 25 mL of TFA was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate and 10% potassium carbonate solution. The organic extract was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to afford 892 mg of a golden oil which was used without further purification. The NMR spectrum was consistent for the proposed structure. Step 4. (+) Ethyl (2-{4-[3-(4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-2-ylamino)propoxy]-3-fluorophenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate.

A solution of 890 mg of the product from step 3, 809 mg of 2-methylthio-2-imidazoline hydroiodide and 15 mL of pyridine was heated to 95° for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled and concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel column (89:10:1 methylene chloride: methanol:ammonium hydroxide) to afford 540 mg of an oil. The NMR spectrum was consistent for the proposed structure. Step 5. (+) (2-{4-[3-(4,5-Dihydro-1H-imidazol-2-ylamino)propoxy]-3-fluorophenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

A solution of 250 mg of the product from step 4, 10 mL of methanol and 10 mL of 1N sodium hydroxide solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was treated with 2 mL of TFA and concentrated. The residue was purified via reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile:water: 0.5% TFA) gradient to afford 45 mg of product. ¹H NMR (d₆-DMSO) δ 12.1 (s, 1H), 8.50 (t, 1H), 7.07 (t, 1H), 6.93(m, 2H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 3.60 (s, 4H), 3.32 (t, 2H),2.35 (m, 2H), 1.99 (t,2H), 1.77 (m,1H), 1.21 (m, 1H), 0.88 (m, 2H). Calculated for C₁₇H₂₂N₃O₃F plus 1.0 TFA: C, 50.78; H, 5.16; N, 9.35. Found: C, 50.41; H, 4.92; N, 9.17.

EXAMPLE 60 (+) (2-{3-Fluoro-4-[3-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-ylamino)propoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

The title compound was prepared in the same manner described in Example 58 by starting from the chiral phenol described in Example 59. The crude product was purified via reverse phase HPLC using acetonitrile-water (0.5% TFA) gradient.

The NMR spectra of the compound was the same as the racemic. [α]_(D) ²⁵+26.4 (ETOH, c 0.965). Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₃N₂O₃F plus 1.15 TFA. C, 55.80; H, 4.85; N, 5.59. Found: C, 55.72; H, 4.53; N, 5.40.

EXAMPLE 61 (2-{3-Fluoro-4-[3-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-ylamino)propoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

The title compound was prepared in the same manner described in Example 60, but starting with racemic phenol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 15.34 (1H, br. s.); 10.02 (1H, s); 7.33 (1H, d); 6.90 (1H, t); 6.80 (1H, d); 6.78 (1H, d); 6.60 (1H, br. s.); 6.54 (1H, d); 4.31 (2H, t); 3.49 (2H, t); 3.16 (2H, t); 2.74 (2H, t); 2.45 (1H, dd); 2.39 (1H, dd); 1.92 (2H, p); 1.71 (1H, dt); 1.28 (1H, m); 0.93 (1H, dt); 0.84 (1H, dt).

EXAMPLE 62 (−) (2-{3-Fluoro-4-[3-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-ylamino)propoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

The title compound was prepared as in Example 60 except that the (4S-trans)dioxaborolane reagent was used for the asymmetric cyclopropanation. The NMR spectra was the same as for the racemic. [α]_(D) ²⁵=−26.3 (EtOH, c 1.045). Calculated for: C₂₁H₂₃N₂O₃F plus 1.75 TFA. C, 51.63; H, 4.38; N, 4.91. Found: C, 52.01; H, 4.27; N, 4.92.

EXAMPLE 63 (2-{2,3-Difluoro-4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid Trifluoroacetate.

Step 1: 2,3-Difluoroanisole.

2,3-Difluorophenol (4.55 g) was dissolved in DMF (25 mL) and was treated with powdered K₂CO₃ (6.0 grams) and the mixture was stirred at an ambient temperature for 10 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was treated with iodomethane (9.0 grams), and was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and was extracted with ether. The ether extract was washed with water, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated to afford 3.8 grams of title compound as amber oil. ¹HNMR(CDCl₃): δ 6.97(m, 1H), 6.78(m, 2H), 3.90(s, 3H). Step 2: 2,3-Difluoro-4-methoxybenzaldehyde.

The product of step 1 (6.64 grams) was dissolved in THF (150 mL) and was treated with N,N,N′,N′-tetramethylethylenediamine (13.9 grams) and the mixture was cooled to −55° C. 1.6M nBuLi (40 mL) was added via syringe under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at −55° C. for 2.5 hours. The mixture was quenched with 4-formylmorpholine (6.9 grams). The mixture was stirred at −55° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was warmed upto an ambient temperature and was quenched with water (2.0 mL). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo afforded an oily gum, which was acidified with 1N HCl. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extract was washed with water, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated to yield crude oil, which was purified with silica gel chromatography (Biotage Flash40M, 20%EA/Hexane) to afford 4.8 grams of the title compound as oil. ¹HNMR(CDCl₃): 10.18(s, 1H),7.63(m, 1H), 6.82(m, 2H), 3.98(s, 3H). Step 3: (2E)-3-(2,3-Difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylprop-2-enamide.

Diethyl (N-methoxy-N-methylcarbamoylmethyl)-phosphonate (4.8 g) was added to a suspension of 95% NaH (550 mg) in THF (40 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at an ambient temperature for 10 minutes, and was treated with the product of step 2 (3.44 grams). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and was quenched with water (10 mL). The mixture was concentrated in vacuoo afforded an oily residue. The residue was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated to yield 3.2 grams of the title compound as white solid. ¹HNMR(CDCl₃): 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.22(m, 1H), 7.15(d, 1H), 6.75(m,1H), 3.92(s, 3H), 3.78(s, 3H), 3.3(s, 3H). Step 4: 2-(2,3-Difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclopropane-carboxamide.

Reference: Can. J. Chem. 77:1123-1136, 1999

To a solution of trimethylsulfoxonium iodide (4.38 g) in DMSO (8 mL) under nitrogen was cooled with a room temperature water bath. To the solution was added NaH, 95% in mineral oil (500 mg) portionwise over 10 minutes. The suspension was stirred for one hour. A solution of olefin amide of step 3 (2.43 g) in DMSO (10 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at an ambient temperature. TLC followed the reaction. The reaction mixture was quenched by pouring it into sat. NH₄Cl (50 mL). The mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filleted and concentrated. The concentrated residue was chromatographed on silica gel (30% to 40% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 1.95 g of the title compound as pale yellow oil. ¹HNMR(CDCl₃): 6.72 (m, 1H), 6.62(m, 1H), 7.15(d, 1H), 3.92(s, 3H), 3.78(s, 3H), 3.3(s, 3H), 2.52(m, 1H),2.38(m,1H), 1.6(m, 1H), 1.3(m, 1H). Step 5: 2-(2,3-Difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarbaldehyde.

To the cyclopropyl amide (1.45 g) in dry THF (10 mL) under nitrogen at −78 ° C. was added DIBAL (1M in hexane, 8.0 mL). The reaction was complete in one hour. Reaction mixture was poured into saturated potassium sodium tartarate (25 mL) and stirred for one hour. Solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×25 mL). Combined organic solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4 concentrated and dried to give 1.12 g white solid. ¹HNMR(CDCl₃):9.35(d,1H), 6.72 (m, 2H), 3.92(s, 3H),2.62(m, 1H), 2.25(m,1H),1.7(m, 1H), 1.53(m, 1H). Step 6: [2-(2,3-Difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetaldehyde.

To the solution of (methoxymethyl) triphenylphosphonium chloride (2.57 g) in dry THF (10 mL) at 4° C. was added lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1M in THF, 7.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 4° C. To the solution was added aldehyde from step 5 (1.06 g) in THF (10 mL). Ice bath was removed 30 minutes later and reaction was stirred one hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water (35 mL). Extracted with ether (3×20 mL), washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄. Concentrated. The concentrated residue was chromatographed on silica gel (5% ethyl acetate in hexane) to remove the polar spot. Fractions containing top tow spots (very closed spots) were combined dried to give 0.95 g. To the methoxy olefin in THF (50 mL) was added HCl (1.5N, 50 mL) and refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature. Neutralized by adding sat/NaHCO₃ slowly and extracted with ether. Combined organic solution was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (20% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 0.8 g of the title compound as amber oil. ¹HNMR(CDCl₃): 9.82(m,1H),6.72 (m, 2H), 3.92(s, 3H), 2.55(m, 2H), 1.84(m, 1H), 1.3(m, 1H).1.05(m,1H), 0.84(m,1H). Step 7: [2-(2,3-Difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid.

To the aldehyde from step 6 (0.678 g) in ethanol (15 mL) was cooled in ice bath then added silver nitrate (1.028 g in 1.5 mL distilled water) followed by NaOH (0.480 g in 1.5 mL distilled water). Ice bath was removed 20 minutes later. The reaction was stirred 30 minutes at room temperature. Solid in the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with water (20 mL). Filtrate was concentrated to remove ethanol. The aqueous solution was washed with ether (3×10 mL) then acidified by adding concentrated HCl. The acidified aqueous solution was extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic solution was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to afford 0.650 g of the title compound as white solid. This compound was taken up to the next step without further purification. Step 8: Ethyl [2-(2,3-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate.

To the acid from step 7 (0.650 g in ethanol (5.0 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (5 mL) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred 72 hours at room temperature. Concentrated. Concentrated residue was brought up to ethyl acetate (45 mL) and washed with sat. NaHCO₃, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄. Dried to give 0.575 g of the title compound as oil. ¹HNMR (CDCl₃): 6.72 (m, 2H), 4.15(q, 2H), 3.88(s, 3H), 2.42(d, 2H), 1.82(m, 1H),1.35(m,1H),1.28(t, 3H), 1.01 (m,1H), 0.78(m, 1H). Step 9: Ethyl [2-(2,3-difluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate.

To the methoxy ethyl ester from step 8(0.560 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (4.0 mL) at −2° C. was added BBr₃ (1M in CH₂Cl₂, 4.0 mL). Temperature was kept under 2° C. during the addition. The reaction was stirred 50 minutes at 2° C. The reaction was quenched with ethanol (10 mL) very slowly. Temperature was kept under 14° C. The reaction was stirred one hour at room temperature. Saturated NaHCO3 was added at 0° C. Ethanol was removed. Extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×15 mL), brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give 0.5 g of dark oil, which was chromatographed on silica gel (35% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 0.408 g of the title compound as pale yellow oil. ¹HNMR(CDCl₃): 6.72 (m, 2H), 4.15(q, 2H), 2.42(d, 2H), 1.82(m, 1H), 1.34(m, 1H), 1.28 (t, 3H), 1.01 (m, 1H), 0.78 (m, 1H). Step 10: (2-{2,3-Difluoro-4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid trifluoroacetate.

The product of step 9 (210 mg) was dissolved in THF (5.0 mL) and was treated with triphenylphosphine (260 mg) and diethyl azodicarboxylate (157 mg). The mixture was stirred at an ambient temperature under nitrogen atmosphere for 15 minutes. 260 mg of (2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl) ethanol) was added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was quenched with water (1.0 mL) and was concentrated in vacuoo to afford crude oily gum, which was chromatographed on silica gel (19.5% ethyl acetate in hexane containing 0.5% NH₄OH) to give 0.158 g of the title compound as pale yellow oil, and was taken up to the next step. The product of step 10 (150 mg) was dissolved in a mixture of 2.0 mL of methanol and 2.0 mL of THF and 2.0 mL of 1N NaOH solution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for hours. The volatile solvents were removed under vacuo and remaining aqueous solution was acidified with 2.0 mL of 1N HCl and was concentrated in vacuo to give a crude product. The crude product was purified on HPLC using acetonitrile water containing 2% TFA gradient (10-50%) in 30 minutes to yield 89 mg of the title compound as TFA salt. ¹HNMR(CD₃OD): 7.65(d, 1H), 6.88(m, 1H), 6.75 (m, 2H), 4.38 (t,2H), 3.52 (t,2H), 3.2 (t,2H), 2.85 (t,2H), 2.42 (m,2H), 2.05 (m,2H), 1.85 (m,1H), 1.33 (m,1H),1.02 (m,1H), 0.92 (m,1H). Calcd for C₂₁H₂₂N₂O₃F_(2.) 1TFA, 0.5H₂O; C, 54.01 ;H, 4.73; N, 5.48. Found: C, 53.99; H, 4.61; N, 5.21. Mass Spectrum: (MH+): 389.4.

EXAMPLE 64 (2,2-Dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropyl)acetic acid trifluoroacetate.

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 15. Step 1. Synthesis of ethyl 3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropane-carboxylate

To a solution of isopropyl(triphenyl)phosphonium iodide (12.22 g, 0.028 mol) in dry THF (85 mL) at −78° C. was added butyllithium (1.6M in hexanes, 19.5 mL, 0.0308 mol). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature and then cooled to −78° C. To the solution was added ethyl (3E)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)but-3-enoate (2.91 g, 0.014 mol) in THF (40 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for few hours and then refluxed overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into 5% aqueous citric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic portion washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The concentrated residue was chromatographed on silica gel using 5% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford viscous yellowish oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.1 (d, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 4.08 (q, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.92 (s, 3H). M⁺=249. Step 2. Synthesis of [3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]methanol

To the ester from step 1 (6 gm, 0.024 mol) in THF (50 mL) at −78° C. was added DIBAL (1M in hexane, 48 mL, 0.048 mol). The reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated aqueous potassium sodium tartrate (200 mL) and stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 times), washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give oil (4.5 g). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.15 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 3.92-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.7-3.75 (m, 1H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.2 (s, 3H), 0.9 (s, 3H). M⁺=207. Step 3. Synthesis of 3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropane-carbaldehyde.

To a solution of pyridinium chlorochromate (9.42 g, 0.0436 mol), 4 A° molecular sieves (5 gm) in dry dichloromethane (50 mL) at room temperature was added alcohol from Step 2 (4.5 g, 0.0218 mol) in dry dichloromethane (100 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for few hours, filtered through silica gel and washed with excess dichloromethane. The solvent was concentrated to give yellowish oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 9.8 (m, 1H), 7.14 (d, 2H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 0.91 (s, 3H). M⁺=205. Step 4. Synthesis of 3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropane-carbaldehyde.

To a solution of methoxymethyl(triphenyl)phosphonium chloride (6.7 g, 0.02 mol) in dry THF (25 mL) at 0° C. was added lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1M in THF, 21.5 mL, 0.022 mol). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. To the solution was added aldehyde from step 3 (2.7 g, 0.013 mol) in THF (40 mL). Ice bath was removed 30 minutes later and reaction was stirred for one hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ether. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel using 5% ethyl acetate/hexane to give oil 2.3 g. To the resulting methoxy olefin in THF (30 mL) was added HCl (1.5N, 30 mL) and refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, neutralized by adding saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ether. The organic layer washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 1.8 g oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 9.85 (m, 1H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m, 4H), 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.9 (s, 3H). M⁺=219. Step 5. Synthesis of 3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]acetic acid.

A solution of aldehyde from step 4 (1.8 g, 0.0083 mol) in ethanol (15 mL) was cooled at 0° C. To this solution was added silver nitrate (2.8 g, 0.017 mol in 15 mL distilled water) followed by sodium hydroxide (1.32 g, 0.033 mol in 15 mL distilled water) over a period of 10 minutes. Ice bath was removed 20 minutes later. The black solution was stirred at room temperature for additional 1 hour and then filtered through pad of Celite. Filtrate was concentrated to remove ethanol. The aqueous solution was extracted with ether (3 times) and then acidified by using concentrated HCl. The acidic aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane (3 times). The combined organic solution was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 1.5 g oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.1 (d, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 1.64 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.89 (s, 3H). M⁻=233. Step 6. Synthesis of ethyl 3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]acetate.

To the solution of the acid from step 5 (1 g, 0.0042 mol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (5 mL). The reaction was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed and residue dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give brown oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.1 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 4.2 (q, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 2.56 (m, 4H), 1.6 (m, 1H), 1.3 (t, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.8 (s, 3H). M⁺=263. Step 7. Synthesis of ethyl [3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]acetate.

To the methoxy ethyl ester (1 g, 0.0038 mol) in dichloromethane at 0° C. was added boron tribromide (1M in CH₂Cl₂, 7.6 mL, 0.0076 mol). Temperature was kept under 2° C. during the addition and reaction was stirred for additional 1 hour at 0° C. The reaction was quenched with ethanol (15 mL), maintaining the temperature below 14° C. The reaction was stirred for one hour at room temperature and concentrated to remove ethanol. The residue was extracted with CH₂Cl₂, washed with sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 0.8 g brown oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.15 (d, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 4.2 (q, 2H), 2.56 (m, 4H), 1.6 (m, 1H), 1.3 (t, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.8 (s, 3H). M⁺=249. Step 8. Synthesis of ethyl (2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate.

To a solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-napthyridin-2-yl)-1-ethanol (WO 0033838, 0.85 g, 0.0048 mol) and Polymer bound PPh3(1.6 g, 0.0048 mol) in dry THF (20 mL) was added cyclopropyl phenol (0.8 g, 0.003 mol) in dry THF (20 mL) followed slow addition of DIAD (1.05 mL, 0.0048 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, filtered through Celite and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel using 30% ethyl acetate/hexane to give 0.5 g oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.09 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 6.71 (d, 1H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 3.48 (t, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 2.47 (m, 4H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.57 (m,1H), 1.3 (q, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.81 (s, 3H). M⁺=4.09. Step 9. Synthesis of (2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy[phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

The ethyl ester from step 7 (0.35 g, 9 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (20 mL) and water (5 mL) and LiOH (0.15 g, 3.6 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 50° C. for 1 hour and concentrated to remove ethanol. The residue was dissolved in (10 mL) 50% acetonitrile in water and acidified by adding TFA. The residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC to give the title compound (0.12 g) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.09 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 6.71 (d,1H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 3.48 (t, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 2.47 (m, 4H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.57 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.81 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₃H₂₈N₂O₃: Mol. Wt. 380.2100. Found: 381.2192 (M+H, HRMS).

Separation of diasteromers of ethyl (2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate.

The isomeric mixture of ethyl (2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate (6 g) was separated on ChiralPak AS column (isopropylalcohol:heptane:diethylamine/20:80:0.1) to give 2.5 g ethyl ester of isomer A and 1.5 g ethyl ester of isomer B.

The ethyl ester of isomer A (2.5 g, 6.12 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (10 mL), water (2 mL) and treated with lithium hydroxide (0.56 g, 13.46 mmol). The solution was heated at 55° C. for 2 h, solvent concentrated, residue dissolved in (10 mL) acetonitrile/water and acidified by adding TFA. The crude material was purified on reverse phase HPLC to give 1.3 g TFA salt of isomer A of (2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid. The TFA salt was passed through Bio-Rad AG 2-X8 (200-400 Mesh, Chloride form, 13 g) column and was eluted with 50% acetonitrile in water to give 1.02 g (93%) HCl salt of isomer A of (2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.09 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 6.71 (d, 1H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 3.48 (t, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 2.47 (m, 4H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.57 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.81 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₃H₂₈N₂O₃: Mol. Wt. 380.2100. Found: 381.2192 (M+H, HRMS).

The ethyl ester of isomer B (1.5 g, 3.6 mmol) was hydrolyzed and converted to 1.0 g (92%) HCl salt by using the above procedure. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.09 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 6.71 (d, 1H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 3.48 (t, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 2.47 (m, 4H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.57 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.81 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₃H₂₈N₂O₃: Mol. Wt. 380.2100. Found: 381.2192 (M+H, HRMS).

Alternative preparations of 2,2-Dimethyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid and its ester, which is used in step 5. Method 1. Step 1. 2,2-Dimethyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)-1-cyclobutanone.

Triflic anhydride (82 mL) was slowly added to a cooled solution of N,N-dimethyl2-methylpropionamide (50 g) at −15° C. in dichloromethane (400 mL). After 15 min −15° C., a solution of collidine (75 mL) and p-methoxystyrene (50.0 g) in dichloromethane (400 mL) was added slowly maintaining the temperature. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and was added 500 mL of water and was heated at reflux for 6 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with dichloromethane (400 mL). The combined organic layer was dried and was concentrated to afford a residue. The residue was chromatographed (20% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 22.5 g of the desired product as oil. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ? 7.14 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.88 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.45 (m, 3H), 1.27 (s, 3H), 0.71 (s, 3H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₃H₁₆O₂: Mol. Wt, 204.1150. Found: 204.1148 (HREIMS). Step 2. 2,2-Dimethyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid

Lithium hexamethyldisilazane (97 mL, 97 mmol) was added slowly to a solution of the ketone (18.0 g, 88 mmol) in THF 200 mL) maintaining the temperature below −60° C. After stirring at 0° C. for 15 min, it was cooled back down to −78° C. and a solution of N-bromosuccinimide (15.66 g, 88 mmol) in THF (300 mL) was added maintaining the temperature below −50° C. After 30 min, the reaction mixture was quenched with sodium hydroxide (200 mL, 2.5 M). The reaction mixture was diluted with water (500 mL), washed with ether (300 mL). The aqueous layer was acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid and was extracted with ether (3×200 mL). The ether layer was extracted with aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2×200 mL). The aqueous layer was acidified to afford a solid, which was filtered and dried to afford 7.0 g of the desired product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ? 7.07 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.82 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.52 (d, 1H, J=5.8 Hz), 1.88 (d,1H, J=5.8 Hz), 1.26 (s, 3H), 0.88 (s, 3H). Method 2. Step 1. Diethyl 2,2-dimethyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropane-1,1-dicarboxylate.

A mixture of anisaldehyde (340 g, 2.5 mole), diethylmalonate (400 g, 2.5 mole), acetic acid (150 g) and piperidine (40 g) in dry toluene (2 L) was heated at reflux for 24 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dried to afford 690 g of the desired product. This was dissolved in dry DMSO (2.5 L) and was added 2-nitropropane (500 mL) and potassium t-butoxide (600 g) and the reaction mixture was stirred using a mechanical stirrer and was heated to 100° C. for 36 h. The pink reaction mixture was poured in to ice-water (10 L) and was extracted with ether (10 L overall). The ether layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and was concentrated. The residue was passed through a pad of silica (2.5 kg, 30 cm thick) and was eluted with hexane (10 L). Appropriate fractions of hexane eluents were combined and concentrated to afford 523 g (66%) of the desired product as oil. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ? 7.08 (m, 2H), 6.80 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 4.04-4.27 (m, 4H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.88 (s, 1H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.16 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₈H₂₄O₅: Mol. Wt, 320.1624. Found: 320.1616 (HREIMS). Step 2. Ethyl 2,2-dimethyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylate.

A mixture of the diester (425 g, 1.33 mole), potassium cyanide (392 g, 6 mole) in dry dimethylsulfoxide (1.5 L) was heated at 160° C. for 48 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and was poured in to ice-water (6 L) and was extracted with several portions of ether (8 L overall). The ether layer was dried and was concentrated to afford a residue. Chromatography of the residue with 2% hexane in ethyl acetate afforded 168 g (51%) of the desired product as oil. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.07 (dd, 2H, J=2.8, 11.1 Hz), 6.82 (m, 2H), 4.15 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.53 (d, 1H, J=5.8 Hz), 1.91 (d, 1H, J=5.8 Hz), 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.27 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz), 0.88 (s, 3H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₂₀O₃: Mol. Wt, 248.1412. Found: 248.1415 (HREIMS).

2,2-Dimethyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid (cis-isomer)

A minor product was isolated from the column was characterized to be the cis isomer. Yield, 10.0 g. The ester was hydrolyzed with ethanol (200 mL), sodium hydroxide (10%, 50 mL) overnight. The reaction mixture was poured in to water and was acidified to afford 6.8 g of the desired product as white solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.04 (m, 2H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.39 (d, 1H, J=9.1 Hz), 1.79 (d,1H, J=9.1 Hz), 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₃H₁₆O₃: Mol. Wt, 220.1099. Found: 219.1016. (M−H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 65 2,2-Dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropylacetic acid trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of [3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]methanol.

Borane. THF (40 mL, 40 mmol) was added to a solution of 2,2-dimethyl-(cis)-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid (prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 16, further described in Example 64, 4.0 g, 18 mmol) in THF (40 mL). After 3 h stirring at rt, the reaction mixture was quenched with hydrochloric acid (40 mL, 1N) and was diluted with water (200 mL) and was extracted with ether (2×100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water, dried and was concentrated to afford 3.7 g of the desired product as oil. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ? 7.08 (m, 2H), 6.79 (m, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.68 (m, 1H), 3.33 (m, 1H), 1.89 (d, 1H), J=9.0 Hz), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.12 (m, 1H), 0.94 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₃H₁₈O₂: Mol. Wt, 206.1307. Found: 206.1316. Step 2. Preparation of 1-methoxy-4-{3-[2-methoxyethenyl]-2,2-dimethyl-cyclopropyl}benzene.

Oxalyl chloride (19.3 mL, 1M, 19.3 mmol) was added to a solution of DMSO (1.51 g, 38.64 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) at −78° C. After 15 min, a solution of the alcohol (2.0 g, 9.66 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added. After 30 min, triethylamine (10 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and was warmed up to ambient temperature. Water (100 mL) was added followed by additional dichloromethane (100 mL). The organic layer was dried and concentrated to afford the crude aldehyde. The crude aldehyde in THF (10 mL) was added to the wittig reagent [prepared by adding lithium hexamethyldisilazane (21.3 mL, 21.3 mmol) to methoxymethy-Itriphenylphosphonium chloride (6.62 g, 21.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL)] at 0° C. After 6 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL) and was extracted with ether (200 mL), dried and was concentrated to afford 2.0 g of the desired product as a mixture of E- and Z-isomers. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ? 7.31-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.76-6.81 (m, 2H), 6.38-6.41 and 6.02-6.04 (m, 1H), 3.37 and 3.60 (2s, 3H), 3.73 and 3.74 (2s, 3H), 1.9 (m, 1H), 1.2 and 1.21 (2s, 3H), 0.88 and 0.86 (2s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₃H₁₈O₂: Mol. Wt, 232.1463. Found: 232.1466. Step 3. Preparation of [3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]acetic acid.

A mixture of the crude 1-methoxy-4-{3-[2-methoxyethenyl]-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl}benzene (2.0 g) was heated at reflux in THF (50 mL) and hydrochloric acid (1N, 5 mL) for 4 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with ether (200 mL), dried and was concentrated to afford the desired aldehyde mixed with triphenylphosphine oxide. The aldehyde in ethanol (100 mL) was added to an aqueous solution of silver nitrate (2.48 g) in water (20 mL) followed by sodium hydroxide (12.4 mL, 1N) at 0° C. After 3 h, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The filtrate was diluted with water (100 mL) and was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and was discarded. The aqueous layer was acidified and then was extracted with ether (200 mL), dried and was concentrated to afford 1.40 g of [3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]-acetic acid as oil.

¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ? 7.04 (m, 2H), 6.81 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 1.97-2.04 and 2.30-2.36 (m, 2H), 1.84 (d, 1H, J=9 Hz), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.21 (m, 1H), 0.91 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₄H₁₈O₃: Mol. Wt, 234.1256. Found: 233.1154 (M−H, HRMS). Step 4. Preparation of ethyl (cis)2,2-dimethyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropaneacetate.

A solution of [3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]acetic acid (1.40 g) was heated at reflux with ethanol (100 mL) and hydrochloric acid (1 mL) for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in ether (200 mL). The ether layer was washed with water, dried and was concentrated to afford 1.2 g of the desired ester. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ? 7.03 (m, 2H), 6.80(m, 2H), 4.08-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 1.99-2.05 and 2.34-2.40 (m, 2H), 1.85 (d, 1H, J=9 Hz), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.18 (m, 1H), 0.90 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₆H₂₂O₃: Mol. Wt, 262.1569. Found: 262.1569. Step 5. Preparation of ethyl (cis)2,2-dimethyl-3-(p-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropane-acetate.

Boron tribromide (1N, 8 mL) was added to a solution of ethyl (cis)2,2-dimethyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropaneacetate (1.03 g, 3.93 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) at 0° C. and was stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ethanol (10 mL) and was stirred at rt for 18 h. Diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL) and was washed with sodium bicarbonate (saturated), dried and was concentrated. The residue was purified on silica gel (flash, 40%ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 0.58 g of the desired phenol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ? 6.94 (m, 2H), 6.67(m, 2H), 4.07-4.06 (m, 2H), 1.99-2.05 and 2.34-2.39 (m, 2H), 1.82 (d, 1H, J=9 Hz), 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.17 (m, 1H), 0.90 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₂₀O₃: Mol. Wt, 248.1412. Found: 248.1415. Step 6. Preparation of 2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropylacetic acid trifluoroacetate.

A solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridyl)-aminoethanol (0.832 g, 4.8 mmol) and DEAD (0.835 g, 4.8 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added to a solution of ethyl (cis)2,2-dimethyl-3-(p-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropaneacetate (0.560 g, 0.2.39 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.1.26 g, 4.8 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 mL) and was stirred for 4 h at rt. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by hplc to afford the desired ester along with some triphenylphosphine oxide. The residue in ethanol (20 mL) water (20 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (1 g) and was stirred for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue in water was added trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) and was purified on hplc to afford the desired product as a solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.58 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.06 (m, 2H), 6.80(m, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 4.24 (t, 2H, J=5.9 Hz), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.13 (t, 2H, J=5.9 Hz), 2.8 (m, 2H), 1.99-2.02 and 2.27-2.33 (m, 2H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.83 (d, 1H, J=9 Hz), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.18 (m, 1H), 0.89 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₃H₂₈N₂O₃: Mol. Wt, 380.2100. Found: 379.2036 (M−H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 66 (2,2-Dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 17. Step 1. Synthesis of 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid

To a solution of (2E)-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)acrylic acid (25 g) in ethanol (150 mL) was added conc HCl (25 mL) and the solution refluxed for 3 hours. The solvent was evaporated and residue dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated NaHCO₃, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give ethyl (2E)-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)acrylate as yellow oil in quantitative yield. To a solution of isopropyl(triphenyl)phosphonium iodide (75 g, 0.173 mol) in dry THF (200 mL) at −78° C. was added butyl lithium (1.6M in Hexanes, 119 mL, 0.191 mol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and then cooled to −78° C. To the solution was added ethyl (2E)-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)acrylate (2.91 g, 0.014 mol) in THF (200 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for few hours and then refluxed overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into 5% aqueous citric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic portion washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The concentrated residue was chromatographed on silica gel using 5% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford viscous yellow oil. To the solution ethyl 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropanecarboxylate (15 g) in ethanol (60 mL) and water (20 mL) was added LiOH (12.74 g). The reaction mixture was heated for 3 hours at 50° C. and concentrated to remove ethanol. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with saturated NaHCO₃, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcycloprop-anecarboxylic acid as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.74 (m, 3H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H). M⁻=219. Step 2. Synthesis of [3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]methanol.

To the acid from step 1 (3 g, 0.0136 mol) in dry THF (20 mL) at 0° C. was added borane-tetrahydrofuran complex (1M in THF, 30 mL, 0.03 mol) drop wise over period of 20 minutes maintaining the temperature at 0° C. The flask was stirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes followed by room temperature for additional 2 hour. The flask was cooled to 0° C. and quenched by drop wise addition of 1.5N aqueous HCl. The solution was extracted with ether, followed by dichloromethane. Combined organic solution was washed with 2.5 N sodium hydroxide, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to 2.27 g oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.18 (m, 1H), 6.74 (m, 2H), 6.70 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.7-3.75 (m, 1H), 2.72 (m, 1H), 1.94 (m, 1H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 3H). M⁺=207. Step 3. Synthesis of 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropane-carbaldehyde.

A solution of oxalyl chloride (5.6 mL, 0.012 mol) in methylene chloride (10 mL) was cooled to −78° C. under nitrogen and a solution of DMSO (1.60 mL, 0.022 mol) in methylene chloride (10 mL) was added dropwise and stirring was continued for 15 minutes. The product from step 2 (1.165 g, 0.0056 mol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was added dropwise over 5 minutes and the resultant mixture was stirred for 1 hour at −78° C. Triethylamine (8 mL, 0.044 mol) was added rapidly and the mixture stirred at −78° C. for an additional 5 minutes followed by 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was diluted with water and extracted several times with CH₂Cl₂. The combined organic extracts were then successively washed with 1.5 N aqueous. HCl, saturated NaHCO₃ solution, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give yellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 9.78 (d, 1H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.78 (m, 2H), 6.72 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 1.92 (m, 1H), 1.45 (s, 3H), 0.98 (s, 3H). M⁺=205. Step 4. Synthesis of 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropane-carbaldehyde.

To a solution of methoxymethyl(triphenyl)phosphonium chloride (4.5 g, 0.02 mol) in dry THF (25 mL) at 0° C. was added lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1M in THF, 21.5 mL, 0.022 mol). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. To the solution was added aldehyde from step 3 (2.7 g, 0.013 mol) in THF (40 mL). Ice bath was removed 30 minutes later and reaction was stirred for one hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ether. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel using 5% ethyl acetate/hexane to give oil 2.1 g. To the resulting methoxy olefin in THF (30 mL) was added HCl (1.5N, 30 mL) and refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, neutralized by adding saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ether. The organic layer washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 1.6 g oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 9.8 (d, 1H), 7.1 (m, 1H), 6.75 (m, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 1.64 (m, 1H), 1.32 (m, 1H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 0.86 (s, 3H). M⁺=219. Step 5. Synthesis of 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]acetic acid

A solution of aldehyde from step 4 (1.8 g, 0.0083 mol) in ethanol (15 mL) was cooled at 0° C. To this solution was added silver nitrate (2.8 g, 0.017 mol in 15 mL distilled water) followed by sodium hydroxide (1.32 g, 0.033 mol in 15 mL distilled water) over a period of 10 minutes. Ice bath was removed 20 minutes later. The black solution was stirred at room temperature for additional 1 hour and then filtered through pad of Celite and washed with excess 2.5N aqueous NaOH solution. Filtrate was concentrated to remove ethanol. The aqueous solution was extracted with ether followed by ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was discarded and aqueous solution was acidified using concentrated HCl. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3 times), the organic solution was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 1.5 g oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.75 (m, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 1.64 (m, 1H), 1.32 (m, 1H), 1.2 (s, 3H), 0.8 (s, 3H). M⁻=233. Step 6. Synthesis of ethyl 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]acetate.

To the solution of the acid from step 5 (1 g, 0.0042 mol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (5mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The solvent was concentrated and residue dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give brown oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.75 (m, 3H), 4.08 (q, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 1.64 (m, 1H), 1.38 (t, 3H), 1.32 (m, 1H), 1.2 (s, 3H), 0.8 (s, 3H). M⁺=263. Step 7. Synthesis of ethyl 3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]acetate.

To the methoxy ethyl ester from step 6 (1 g, 0.0038 mol) in dichloromethane at 0° C. was added boron tribromide (1M in CH₂Cl₂, 7.6 mL, 0.0076 mol). Temperature was kept under 2° C. during the addition and reaction was stirred for additional 1 hour at 0° C. The reaction was quenched with ethanol (15 mL), maintaining the temperature below 14° C. The reaction was stirred for one hour at room temperature and saturated NaHCO₃ was added at 0° C. Ethanol was removed and extracted with CH₂Cl₂, washed with sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 0.8 g brown oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.12 (m, 1H), 6.8 (m, 3H), 4.08 (q, 2H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 1.64 (m, 1H), 1.35 (t, 3H), 1.3 (m, 1H), 1.2 (s, 3H), 0.8 (s, 3H). M⁺=249. Step 8. Synthesis of ethyl (2,2-dimethyl-3-{3-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate.

To a solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-napthyridin-2-yl)-1-ethanol (WO 0033838, 0.85 g, 0.0048 mol) and Polymer bound PPh3(1.6 g, 0.0048 mol) in dry THF (20 mL) was added cyclopropyl phenol from step 7 (0.8 g, 0.003 mol) in dry THF (20 mL) followed by addition of DIAD (1.05 mL, 0.0048 mol) over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, filtered through Celite and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel using 30% ethyl acetate/hexane to give 0.7 g oil. The mass spectrum was consistent with the proposed structure. M⁺=409. Step 9. Synthesis of (2,2-dimethyl-3-{3-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

The ethyl ester from step 8 (1.48 g, 3.62 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (30 mL) and water (10 mL) and LiOH (0.762 g, 18 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and concentrated to remove ethanol. The residue was dissolved in (10 mL) 50% acetonitrile in water and acidified by adding TFA. The residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC to give the title compound (0.62 g) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.11 (t, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 6.72 (m, 3H), 4.25 (t, 2H), 3.48 (t, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 1H), 1.31 (m, 1H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 0.78 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₃H₂₈N₂O₃: Mol. Wt. 380.2173. Found: 381.2 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 67 (2,2-Dimethyl-3-{3-[3-(1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propoxy]-phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 18. Step 1. Synthesis of ethyl [3-(4-butoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]acetate.

To a solution of tert-butyl 3-hydroxypropylcarbamate (1.058 g, 0.0068 mol) and Polymer bound PPh3(2.75 g, 0.0068 mol) in dry THF (20 mL) was added ethyl [3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]acetate as synthesized earlier (1.0 g, 0.004 mol) in dry THF (20 mL) followed by addition of DIAD (1.48 mL, 0.0068 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, filtered through Celite and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel using 30% ethyl acetate/hexane to give (1.5 g) colorless solid. The mass spectrum was consistent with the proposed structure. M⁺=406. Step 2. Synthesis of ethyl (2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[3-(1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate.

To a solution of the N-Boc amine from step 1 (1.5 g, 0.0037 mol) in dry dichloromethane (10 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (4.6 mL, 0.018 mol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for few hours and solvent evaporated to give white solid as hydrochloride salt. To a solution of 2-(methylthio)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine hydroiodide (2.60 g, 0.01 mol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) and triethylamine (6.5 mL) was added crude amine (1.4 g, 0.0046 mol) in acetonitrile (20 mL). The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight and solvent concentrated to give solid residue used without further purification. The mass spectrum was consistent with the desired product. M⁺=388 Step 3. Synthesis of (2,2-dimethyl-3-{3-[3-(1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

The crude ethyl ester from step 2 (1 g, 0.0026 mol) was dissolved in ethanol (30 mL) and water (10 mL) and LiOH (0.542 g, 0.013 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and concentrated to remove ethanol. The residue was dissolved in 50% acetonitrile in water and acidified by adding TFA. The residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC to give the title compound (0.74 g) as solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.71-6.78 (m, 3H), 4.02 (t, 2H), 3.32 (m, 6H), 2.41-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.64 (m, 1H), 1.24 (m, 1H), 1.1 (s, 3H), 0.9 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₀H₂₉N₃O₃: Mol. Wt. 360.2282. Found. 360.2282 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 68 1-phenyl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropylacetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 19. Step 1. Preparation of 4-(p-methoxyphenyl)-3-butyn-1-ol.

A solution of 4-iodoanisole (200 g, 0.8547 mole) and 3-butyn-1-ol (64 mL) in triethylamine (1 L) was degassed and stirred using mechanical stirrer under nitrogen. A mixture of dichlorobis-(trphenylphosphine)Palladium (4.80 g), and cuprous iodide (2.46 g) was added to the mixture. The raction mixture slowly warmed up and reached the boiling point of triethylamine in 45 minutes. The reaction cooled down to room temperature in 90 minutes and the reaction mixture was poured in to water (1 L) and ethyl acetate (1.5 L). The organic layer was washed with water (1 L), brine (1 L), dried and was concentrated. The residue was purified using a thick pad of silica gel (30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 120 g (80%) of the desired product as a crystalline solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.28 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.82 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.68 (t, 2H, J=6.7 Hz), 2.56 (t, 2H, J=6.8 Hz).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₁H₁₂O₂: Mol Wt, 176.0837. Found: Mol. Wt, 176.0839 Step 2. Preparation of diisopropyl-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-butynyloxy]silane.

Triethylamine (9.1 mL, 64.55 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-(p-methoxyphenyl)-3-butyn-1-ol (11.25 g, 63.9 mmol) and diisopropylchlorosilane (10.0 g, 64.55 mmol) and DMAP (0.80 g) in dry dichloromethane (100 mL) at 0° C. After 4 h, the reaction mixture was filtered through silica gel (100 g) and the filtrate concentrated to afford 16.9 g (90%) of the desired product as oil. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.31 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.79 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 4.18 (s, 1H), 3.87 (t, 2H, J=7 Hz), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.63 (t, 2H, J=6.8 Hz) 1.00-1.08 (m, 14 H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₇H₂₆O₂Si: Mol Wt, 290.1702. Found: Mol. Wt, 290.1715 (HRMS). Step 3. Preparation of 4-(p-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenyl-3-butene-1-ol.

A xylene solution (5 mL) of Pt(DVDS) was added to diisopropyl-(4-phenyl-3-butynyloxy)silane (20.0 g, 67.91 mmol) in THF (200 mL). A mild exotherm resulted and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h. To this tetrabutylammonium fluoride (150 mL, 1M) in THF was added followed by iodobenzene (8 mL) and Pd₂(dba)₃ (6.2 g) was added. Additional amount of iodobenzene (8 mL) was added after 6 h and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was partitioned between ether (500 mL) and water (500 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine and dried and was concentrated to afford a residue. This was purified on a pad of silica (15% EA in hexane) to afford 10.0 g (58%) of the desired product as crystalline solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.43-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.27-7.30 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.92 (m, 2H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.71 (t, 2H, J=7 Hz), 3.03 (t, 2H, J=7 Hz).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₇H₁₈O₂: Mol Wt, 254.1307. Found: Mol. Wt, 254.1321 (HRMS). Step 4. Preparation of 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-1-phenyl-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-cyclopropane.

Diethyl zinc (95 mL, 95 mmol) was added to a solution of iodochloromethane (13.87 mL, 190 mmol) in dichloroethane (300 mL) over 30 min at −20° C. After 20 min, dichloroethane (100 mL) solution of 4-(p-metoxyphenyl)-3-phenyl-3-butene-1-ol (8.50 g, 33.45 mmol) was added. It was warmed over to rt over 2 h and was stirred for 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with hydrochloric acid (200 mL, 1N). The organic layer was washed with brine (200 mL), dried and was concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (20% hexane in ethyl acetate) afforded 4.8 g of the desired product as oil. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.37-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.15-7.20 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.90 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.38 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.20-1.39 (m, 2H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₈H₂₀O₂: Mol Wt, 268.1463. Found: Mol. Wt, 268.1464 (HRMS). Step 5. Preparation of 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-1-phenylcyclopropaneacetic acid.

PCC (5.35 g, 24.80 mmol) was added to a suspension of molecular sieves (4A, 10 g) and 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-1-phenyl-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)cyclopropane (4.20 g, 16.54 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue in ethyl acetate was then passed through a pad of silica gel. The filtrate was concentrated to provide the aldehde. An aqueous solution of silver nitrate (5.6 g) was added to a solution of the aldehyde in ethanol (200 mL) followed by sodium hydroxide (28 mL, 2.5 M). The dark reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at rt and then was filtered through Celite. The solid was washed with ethanol. The filtrate was combined and concentrated. The residue was partitioned between water and ether. The aqueous layer was acidified and was extracted with ether (300 mL). The ether layer was dried and was concentrated to afford 4.0 g of the desired product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.39-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.14-7.21 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.89 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.46-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.33 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.52-1.54 (m, 1H), 1.44-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.14-1.17 (m, 1H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₈H₁₈O₃: Mol Wt, 282.1256. Found: Mol. Wt, 282.1218 (HRMS). Step 6. Preparation of ethyl 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-1-phenylcyclopropaneacetate.

A mixture of 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-1-phenylcyclopropaneacetic acid (4.0 g), ethanol (200 mL), hydrochloric acid (2 mL) was heated at reflux for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was partitioned between ether and water. The ether layer was dried and was concentrated to afford 4.0 g of the desired ester. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.39-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.31 (m, 5H), 6.85-6.87 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.42-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.33 (m, 1H), 1.99-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.00-1.04 (m, 3H).

Anal. Calcd for C₂₀H₂₂O₃: Mol Wt, 311.1642 (M+H). Found: Mol. Wt, 311.1546 (M+H, HRMS). Step 7. Preparation of ethyl 2-(p-hydroxyphenyl)-1-phenylcyclopropaneacetate.

Borontribromide (10 mL) was added to a solution of ethyl 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-1-phenylcyclopropaneacetate (1.43 g, 4.6 mmol) in dry dichloromethane and stirred for 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ethanol and was concentrated. The residue was chromatographed to afford 0.270 g of the desired product as brown oil. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.36-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.17 (m, 3H), 6.73-6.75 (m, 2H), 3.86-3.91 (m, 2H), 2.44-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.31 (m, 1H), 1.99-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.39-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.01-1.05 (m, 3H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₉H₂₀O₃: Mol Wt, 296.1412. Found: Mol. Wt, 296.1361 (HRMS). Step 8. Preparation of ethyl 1-phenyl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropylacetate.

A solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridyl)-aminoethanol (0.203 g, 1.32 mmol) and DEAD (0.230 g, 1.32 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added to a solution of ethyl ethyl 2-(p-hydroxyphenyl)-1-phenylcyclopropaneacetate (0.260 g, 0.878 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.346 g, 1.32 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 mL) and was stirred for 18 h at rt. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by hplc to afford 0.10 g of the desired product. ¹H NMR δ 7.56 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.37 (d, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.27 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 7.21 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.16 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 6.87 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 6.70 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 4.26 (t, 2H, J=6.3 Hz), 3.87 (q, 2H, J=7.4 Hz), 3.47 (t, 2H, J=5.7 Hz), 3.14 (t, 2H, J=5.9 Hz), 2.79 (t, 2H, J=6.3 Hz), 2.43 & 2.0 (AB q, 2H, J=1 5.6 Hz), 2.32 (t, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 1.92 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.02 (t, 3H, J=7.0 Hz). Step 9. Preparation of 1-phenyl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropylacetic acid.

A solution of ethyl 1-phenyl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropylacetate (0.10 g ) in ethanol was added sodium hydroxide (10%, 5 mL) and was stirred for 24 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by hplc to afford 0.050 g of the desired product as its TFA salt. ¹H NMR δ 7.58 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.28 (t, 2H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.22 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.16 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 6.88 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 6.72 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 4.27 (t, 2H, J=5.9 Hz), 3.49 (t, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 3.14 (t, 2H, J=5.9 Hz), 2.81 (t, 2H, J=6.3 Hz), 2.44 & 1.93 (AB q, 2H, J=16.1 Hz), 2.30 (t, 1H, J=8.3 Hz), 1.91-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.54 (m, 2H).

Anal. Calcd for C₂₇H₂₈N₂O₃: Mol Wt, 428.2100. Found: Mol. Wt, 429.2184 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 69 (1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-{3-fluoro-4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 20. Step 1. 3-Fluoro-4-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methoxy}benzaldehyde

To a mixture of 3-fluoro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (7.0 g, 49.6 mmol) and dichloromethane (130 mL), was added diisopropylethylamine (6.4 g, 49.6 mmol). A clear solution was formed. 2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy methyl chloride (8.3 g, 49.6 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, and then diluted with dichloromethane (250 mL). The reaction was washed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (150 mL) and brine (150 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate=3/1) to afford a pale yellow oil in 12.4 g (93%). The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step 2. Ethyl (2Z)-2-bromo-3-(3-fluoro-4-{[2 (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methoxy}-phenyl)prop-2-enoate.

To a solution of (carbethoxymethylene)triphenyl phosphorane (15.6 g, 44.7 mmol) in THF (200 mL), was added a solution of N-bromosuccinimide (8.8 g, 49.3 mmol) in THF (100 mL) at −20° C. under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred at −20° C. for 25 min. Potassium carbonate (15.4 g, 111.8 mmol) was added in one portion, and following by addition of a solution of the product of step 1 (12.1 g, 44.7 mmol) in THF (60 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 44 hrs, solid was removed from the reaction by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated. The solidified residue was treated with ether (300 mL). The solid was removed by filtration. The ethereal layer was concentrated. The residue was purified on a short silica gel column (8 inches, hexane/ethyl acetate=93/7) to give yellow oil in 13.4 g (72%). The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step 3. Ethyl (2E)-2-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-3-(3-fluoro-4-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxy]methoxy}phenyl)prop-2-enoate.

A mixture of the product of step 2 (6.6 g, 15.7 mmol), 1,3-benyodioxolol-5-ylboronic acid (2.9 g, 17.3 mmol), potassium carbonate (10.0 g, 47.1 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.55 g, 0.47 mmol) and dioxane (80 mL) was heated at 80-85° C. for 18 hrs, and was cooled to room temperature. The reaction was filtered through a pad of Celite, and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (500 mL) and washed with a saturated NaHCO₃ solution (120 mL) and brine (120 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate=9/1) to give yellow oil in 4.9 g (69%). The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step4. (2E)-2-(1,3-Benzodioxol-5-yl)-3-(3-fluoro-4-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]-methoxy}phenyl)prop-2-enoic acid.

A solution of the product of step 3 (1.5 g, 3.3 mmol), sodium hydroxide solution (1N, 50 mL), and ethanol (80 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 20 hrs. Ethanol was removed from the reaction under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). Aqueous layer was acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid to pH5, and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O (2×100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was solidified at room temperature, and dried under vacuum overnight to give a yellow solid in 1.1 g (79%). The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step5. (2E)-2-(1,3-Benzodioxol-5-yl)-3-(3-fluoro-4-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]-methoxy}phenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylprop-2-enamide.

To a solution of the product of step 4 (1.1 g, 2.6 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), was added 4-methylmorpholine (0.31 mL, 2.9 mmol) at −7° C. The resulting solution was stirred at this temperature. After 30 min, isobutylchloroformate was (0.39 g, 2.9 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at −7° C. to −4° C. for 15 min followed by addition of N,O-dimethylhydroxyamine (0.28 g, 2.9 mmol). An additional 4-methylmorpholine (0.31 mL, 2.9 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hrs, carefully quenched with 0.5N HCl solution (80 mL). The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×150 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated K₂CO₃ solution (150 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate=72/28) to give a clear oil in 0.8 g (67%). The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step6. 1,3-Benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-(3-fluoro-4-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methoxy}-phenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclopropanecarboxamide.

Sodium hydride (2.0 g, 50.8 mmol) was added to a solution of trimethyl sulfoxonium iodide (11.5 g, 50.8 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (80 mL) at room temperature under argon. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. A solution of the product of step 5 (6.9 g, 14.5 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (55 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was heated at 60° C. for 20 hrs. In a separated flask sodium hydride (2.0 g, 50.8 mmol) was added to a solution of trimethyl sulfoxonium iodide (11.5 g, 50.8 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (70 mL) at room temperature under argon. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, and added to the reaction slowly. The resulting reaction was heated at 61° C. for 24 hr, and was allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction was poured into a saturated NH₄Cl solution (700 mL). The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×300 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O (600 mL), brine (600 mL), dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate=3/1) to give a clear liquid in 3.1 (44%). The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step 7. 1-(1,3-Benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-(3-fluoro-4-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methoxy}phenyl)cyclopropanecarbaldehyde.

To a solution of the product of step 6 (1.54 g, 3.2 mmol) in THF (40 mL), was added diisopropylaluminum hydride in THF (5.0 mL, 5.0 mmol, 1 M) at −78° C. under argon. The reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 30 min, and allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2.5 hrs, the reaction was poured into a saturated solution of potassium sodium tartrate (200 mL). The mixture was stirred for 5 min, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×180 mL). The organic layer was washed with H₂O (150 mL), brine (150 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate=8/2) to afford pale yellow oil in 1.22 g (91%). The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step 8. [1-(1,3-Benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-(3-fluoro-4-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]-methoxy}phenyl)cyclopropyl]acetaldehyde.

A solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (7.1 mL, 7.1 mmol, 1M in THF) was added to a mixture of (methoxymethyl) triphenylphosphnium chloride (2.2 g, 6.4 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at 0° C. dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 40 min. A solution of the product of step 7 (1.9 g, 4.4 mmmol) in THF (25 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred for 2.5 hrs, and then quenched with H₂O (200 mL). The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×150 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (170 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate=87/13) to clear oil in 1.6 g. A HCl solution, prepared by dissolving 2N HCl solution (24 mL) in THF (150 mL), was added to this clear oil at 0° C. The resulting reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hrs. THF was mostly removed under reduced pressure. A saturated NaHCO₃ solution was added slowly to bring PH to 7.0. The product was extracted with dichloromethane (2×100 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate=4/1) to give pale oil in 0.79 g (40%). The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step 9. [1-(1,3-Benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-(3-fluoro-4-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]-methoxy}phenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid.

A solution of tetrabutylammonium permangnate (1.1 g, 3.1 mmol) in pyridine (11 mL) was added a solution of the product of step 8 (0.91 g, 2.1 mmol) in pyridine (8 mL) in portions, 0.5 mL for each addition. After each addition the resulting solution was stirred until the color of the reaction changed from deep purple to dark brown. The reaction was diluted with H₂O (20 mL). A saturated NaHCO₃ solution was added until the color of the reaction turned clear. HCl solution (2N) was added to adjust the PH to 4.5. The product was extracted with ether (2×120 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O (100 mL), dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give brown oil in 0.94 g (100%). The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step 10. Methyl [1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-(3-fluoro-4-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]-methoxy}phenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate.

Cesium carbonate (1.8 g, 5.4 mmol) was added to a solution of the product of step 9 (0.78 g, 1.7 mmol) in dimethylformamide (15 mL) followed by addition of iodomethane (0.48 g, 3.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs, and then diluted with a mixture of ethyl acetate and water (300 mL, 50:50). The organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (120 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with 15% NaHCO₃ solution (150 mL), H₂O (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate=3/1) to give pale brown oil in 0.47 g. The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step 11. Methyl [1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-cyclopropyl]acetate.

The product of step 10 (0.43 g, 0.9 mmol) was dissolved in THF (65 mL). A solution of 4N HCl in dioxane (21.5 mL) was added. The resulting reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hrs. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate=8/2) to give a product mixture as pale brown oil in 0.24 g. The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step 12. Methyl (1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-{3-fluoro-4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate.

Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.11 g, 0.51 mmol) was added to a solution of the product of step 11 (0.24 g, 0.42 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.13 g, 0.51 mmol), and THF (12 mL) at room temperature. After 30 min, a solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethanol (0.09 g, 0.5 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added. The resulting reaction solution was stirred room temperature for 10 hrs, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography (on silica gel, ethyl acetate/toluene=85/15) to give viscous oil in 41 mg. The NMR spectra were consistent for the proposed structure. Step 13. (1-(1,3-Benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-{3-fluoro-4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

The product of step 12 (41 mg, 0.086 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1 mL) and Methanol (1 mL). To this solution was added 1 N NaOH solution (1 mL). The resulting reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 4.5 hrs, and was concentrated. Trifluoroacetic acid was added dropwise to the residue until the PH value of the reaction was about 5.5. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on HPLC using acetonitrile gradient 10-50% in 40 min to give an off-white solid in 25 mg (43%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 15.35 (1H, br. s); 10.01 (1H, br. s); 7.34 (1H, d, J=7 Hz); 6.97 (3H, m); 6.89 (1H, d, J=2 Hz); 6.87 (1H, dd, J=10, 2 Hz); 6.73 (1H, d, J=8 Hz); 6.56 (1H, d, J=7 Hz); 5.93 (2H, s); 4.33 (2H, t, J=6 Hz); 3.48 (2H, t, J=6 Hz); 3.18 (2H, t, J=6 Hz); 2.75 (2H, t, J=6 Hz); 2.46 (1H, d, J=16 Hz); 2.30 (1H, dd, J=8, 6 Hz); 2.01 (1H, d, J=16 Hz); 1.92 (2H, p, J=6 Hz); 1.49 (1H, dd, J=8, 6 Hz); 1.35 (1H, t, J=6 Hz).

Anal. Calcd for C₂₈H₂₇N₂O₅F.1.5 CF₃COOH.0.75 H₂O C, 55.16; H, 4.48; N, 4.15. found C, 55.11; H, 4.16; N, 3.97.

EXAMPLE 70 (1-(6-Methoxypyridin-3-yl)-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

The title compound was prepared using the scheme described in example 69. The bromo olefin from step 2 of that example was treated with 2-methoxypyridine-5-boronic acid as described in step 3 of the same example. The title compound was purified via reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile/water(0.5% TFA)). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 14.75 (1H, br. s); 9.50 (1H, s); 8.42 (1H, s); 8.08(1H, d); 7.38 (1H, d); 7.21 (2H, m); 6.96 (1H, m); 6.86 (2H, m); 6.55(1H, m); 4.33 (2H, t); 4.07 (3H, t); 3.52 (2H, t); 3.17 (2H, t); 2.76 (2H, t); 2.39 (2H,t); 2.08 (1H, m); 1.95 (2H, m); 1.46 (2H, m). Anal. Calcd for C₂₇H₂₉N₃O₄ plus 3.0 TFA. C, 49.45; H, 4.02; N, 5.24. Found: C, 49.24; H, 4.12; N, 5.40.

EXAMPLE 71 (2,2-Dichloro-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

Step 1. (3E)-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)but-3-enoic acid

A mixture of 2-carboxypropyltriphenyl phosphonium bromide (210 g, 506 mmol) and p-anisaldehyde (62.1 mL) in dimethylsulfoxide (600 mL) was added slowly to a suspension of sodium hydride (41 g, 60% suspension in mineral oil) in tetrahydrofuran (300 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred mechanically for 18 h and was quenched with water (1 L) followed by addition of sodium hydroxide (100 mL, 2.5M) and was extracted with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified to afford oil. The oil was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 L), dried and was concentrated. The residue was added hexane and ethyl acetate and was cooled. The desired product precipitated and was filtered and was washed with hexane to afford 90 g (92%) as a yellow crystalline solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.29 (m, 2H), 6.83 (m, 2H), 6.42(d, 1H, J=15.8 Hz), 6.11-6.18 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.17 (m, 2H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₁H₁₂O₃: Mol Wt, 192.0786. Found: Mol. Wt, 192.1176 (HRMS). Step 2. (3E)-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)but-3-en-1-ol

LAH (1 M in THF, 4.8 mL) was added slowly to a solution of (3E)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)but-3-enoic acid (14.6 g, 70 mmol) in ether (300 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred three hours at room temperature then quenched with water slowly. The organic layer was separated and water layer was extracted with ether (1×200 mL). Combined organic solution was washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄. Concentrated and dried to afford 7.3 g (58%) solid of desired product. The material was used for the next reaction without further purification. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.3 (m, 2H), 6.8 (m, 2H), 6.42(d, 1H, J=15.8 Hz), 6.0 (m, 1H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.7 (t, 2 H, J=6.2 Hz), 2.4 (m, 2H). Step 3. Tert-butyl{[(3E)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)but-3-enyl]oxy}dimethylsilane

To the solution of (3E)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)but-3-en-1-ol (7.3 g, 41 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (1M in dichloromethane, 62 mL), imidazole (5.5 g, 80.1 mmol) and DMAP (cat.). The reaction mixture was stirred 18 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was brought up to ether (500 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (2×200 mL), brine (1×200 mL), dried over MgSO4. The organic solution was concentrated and dried under vacuum to afford 9 g (75%) oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.26 (m, 2H), 6.8 (m, 2H), 6.35 (d, 1H, J=15.8 Hz), 6.05 (m, 1H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.7 (t, 2 H, J=6.7 Hz), 2.4 (m, 2H), 0.9 (s, 9H), 0.05 (s, 6 H). Step 4. tert-Butyl{2-[2,2-dichloro-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]ethoxy}-dimethylsilane

To the solution of tert-butyl{[(3E)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)but-3-enyl]oxy}dimethylsilane (7.2 g, 24.6 mmol) in chlorform (60 mL) was add 50% NaOH (30 mL) and benzyltriethylammonium chloride (0.3 g). The reaction mixture was stirred 4 hours at room temperature. Water (100 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2×250 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (2×150 mL), brine (1×150 mL), dried over MgSO₄. The organic solution was concentrated and dried under vacuum to afford 4.9 g (53%) brown oil of desired product.

¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.17-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.87-6.84 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.77 (m, 5H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.96 (m, 2 H), 1.84-1.79 (m, 1H), 0.89 (s, 9 H), 0.06 (s, 6 H). Step 5. 2-[2,2-Dichloro-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]ethanol

To the solution of tert-butyl{2-[2,2-dichloro-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]-ethoxy}-dimethylsilane (4.9 g, 13 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium flouride (1 M in THF, 69 mL) and water (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred 3 hours at room temperature. Water was added (100 mL). The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane (2×200 mL). The combined organic solution was washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by passing through a thick pad of silica gel and eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 3 g (88%) of the desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.18-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.85 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3 H), 2.44 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 2.12-2.0 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.85 (m, 1 H). Step 6. [2,2-Dichloro-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid

To the solution of 2-[2,2-dichloro-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]ethanol (0.21 g, 0.8 mmol) in acetone (4 mL) was added John's reagent (2 mL) at 0° C. The reaction was warmed up to room temperature and stirred 1.5 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with isopropyl (4 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and filtrate was concentrated. To the concentrated residue was added saturated NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and washed with ether (2×20 mL). The aqueous solution was acidified by adding concentrate HCl. The acidified aqueous solution was extracted with ether (3×20 mL). The combined ether solution was washed with brine, dried and concentrated to afford 0.09 g (41%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.30-7.22 (m, 2H), 6.94-6.81 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.01-2.68 (m, 2 H), 2.53 (d, 1H, J=8.3 Hz), 2.25-2.16 (m, 1H). Step 7. Ethyl [2,2-dichloro-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate

To the solution of [2,2-dichloro-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid (0.1 g, 0.36 mmol) from step 6 in ethanol (1 mL) was added 4 N HCl (0.5 mL). The reaction was stirred 3 hours at room temperature then concentrated under vacuum. The concentrate residue was purified by passing through a thick pack silica to afford 0.1 g (91%) of desired product.

¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.25 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.9 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 4.23 (q, 2 H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.96-2.53 (m, 3 H), 2.33-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz). Step 8. Ethyl [2,2-dichloro-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate

To the solution of ethyl [2,2-dichloro-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (0.36 g, 1.2 mmol) from step 7 in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added BBr₃ (1 M in CH₂Cl₂, 1 mL). The reaction was stirred 18 hours at room temperature then concentrated under vacuum. The concentrate residue was purified by passing through a thick pack silica to afford 0.18 g (53%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.21-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.82-6.75 (m, 2H), 4.20 (q, 2 H, J=7.1 Hz), 2.92-2.86 (m, 1 H), 2.65-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.49 (m, 1 H), 2.23-2.17 (, 1 H), 1.29-1.24 (m, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₃H₁₄O₃Cl₂: Mol Wt, 289.1584. Found: Mol. Wt, 288.0320 (m/z, HRMS). Step 9. (2,2-Dichloro-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

To a solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)-1-ethanol (0.16 g, 0.9 mmol) and Polymer bound PPh3(0.3 g, 0.9 mmol) in dry THF (6 mL) was added ethyl [2,2-dichloro-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (0.18 g, 0.6 mmol) followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.2 mL, 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite to remove the polymer and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated. The concentrated residue in 50% acetonitrile in water (4 mL) was added LiOH (01 g). The reaction mixture was stirred 3 hours at room temperature. Reaction mixture was acidified by adding TFA and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 0.12 g (36%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.64 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 7.26 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.93 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 6.77 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 4.32 (t, 2H, J=6 Hz), 3.53 (t, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 3.19 (t, 2H, J=6 Hz), 2.87-2.59 (m, 5 H), 2.32-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.95 (m, 2 H). HRMS calcd for C₂₁H₂₂N₂O₃ (M+H): 421.1080. found 421.1069.

EXAMPLE 72 (2,2-Dibromo-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

Step 1. tert-Butyl{2-[2,2-dibromo-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]-ethoxy}dimethylsilane

To the solution of tert-butyl{[(3E)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)but-3-enyl]oxy}dimethylsilane (1 g, 3.4 mmol) in bromoform (10 mL) was add 50% NaOH (4.2 mL) and benzyltriethylammonium chloride (0.1 g). The reaction mixture was stirred 72 hours at room temperature. Water (100 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with ether (3×100 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (2×100 mL), brine (1×100 mL), dried over MgSO₄. The organic solution was concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by passing through silica gel bed eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 0.6 g (38%) of desired product.

¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.18-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.84 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.76 (m, 5H), 2.44 (d, 1H, J=8.0 Hz), 2.06-1.96 (m, 2 H), 1.84-1.78 (m, 1H), 0.89 (s, 9 H), 0.07 (s, 3H), 0.06 (s, 3H). Step 2. 2-[2,2-Dibromo-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]ethanol

To the solution of tert-butyl{2-[2,2-dibromo-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]-ethoxy}dimethylsilane (3.4 g, 13 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium flouride (1 M in THF, 69 mL) and water (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred 3 hours at room temperature. Water was added (100 mL). The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane (2×200 mL). The combined organic solution was washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by passing through a thick pad of silica gel and eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 3 g (88%) of the desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.18-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.85 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3 H), 2.44 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 2.12-2.0 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.85 (m, 1 H). Step 3. [2,2-Dibromo-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid

To the solution of 2-[2,2-dibromo-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]ethanol (0.5 g, 1.4 mmol) in CCl₄ (4 mL), acetonitrile (4 mL) and water (6 mL) was added sodium periodate (1 g, 4.7 mmol) and ruthenium (III) chloride hydrate (50 mg, 0.24 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred 24 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with ether (100 mL). The filtrate was washed with water (1×50 mL). The water layer was back extracted with ether (1×100 mL). The combined ether solution was washed with sat. NaCl, dried to give 0.47 g brown oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.2 (m, 2H), 6.9 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 2.2 (m, 1H). Step 4. Ethyl [2,2-dibromo-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate

To the solution of [2,2-dibromo-3-(4-methoxyphenyl) cyclopropyl]acetic acid (0.47 g, 1.3 mmol) in ethanol (4 mL) was added 4 N HCl (2 mL). The reaction was stirred 3 hours at room temperature then concentrated under vacuum. The concentrate residue was purified by passing through a thick pack silica to afford 0.28 g (56%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.257.20 (m, 2H), 6.89-6.83 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.18 (m, 2 H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.94-2.88 (m, 1 H), 2.65-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.54 (d, 1 H, 8.3 Hz), 2.24-2.19 (m, 1 H), 1.28 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz). Step 5. Ethyl [2,2-dibromo-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate

To the solution of ethyl [2,2-dibromo-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (0.27 g, 0.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added BBr₃ (1 M in CH₂Cl₂, 0.8 mL) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred 3 hours at room temperature then additional BBr₃ (0.2 mL) was added at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred 3 more hours at room temperature. Ethanol (2 mL) was added at 0° C. and reaction mixture was stirred 20 minutes at room temperature. Reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The concentrate residue was purified by passing through a thick pack silica eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 0.25 g (53%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.17 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz), 6.82-6.78 (m, 2H), 4.23-4.18 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.52 (d, 1H, J=8.3 Hz), 2.29-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.28 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz). Step 9. (2,2-Dibromo-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

To a solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)-1-ethanol (0.17 g, 0.96 mmol) and polymer bound PPh3 (0.32 g, 0.96 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was added ethyl [2,2-dibromo-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (0.18 g, 0.6 mmol) followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.2 mL, 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, polymer was filtered through Celite and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated. The concentrated residue in 50% acetonitrile in water (4 mL) was added LiOH (0.14 g). The reaction mixture was stirred 3 hours at room temperature. Reaction mixture was acidified by adding TFA and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 50 mg (12%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.59 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.21 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 6.88 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.73 (d, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.27 (t, 2H, J=6.0 Hz), 3.49 (t, 2H, J=5.9 Hz), 3.14 (t, 2H, J=5.9 Hz), 2.82-2.78 (m, 3H), 2.71-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.19 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.90 (m, 2H). HRMS calcd for C₂₁H₂₂N₂O₃ (M+H): 421.1080. found 421.1069.

EXAMPLE 73 Ethyl {2-[3-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-ylmethoxy)phenyl]-cyclopropyl}acetate

Step 1. (2E)-N-Methoxy-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-N-methylprop-2-enamide

To a solution of trans-3-methoxycinnamic acid (25 g, 0.14 mole) in dry DMF (200 mL) was added EDC (29.5 g, 0.15 mol) and HOBT (20.7 g, 0.15 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. To the above solution was added N, O-dimethylhydroxyamine HCl (15 g, 0.15 mole) neat followed by triethylamine (21.5 mL, 0.29 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Reaction mixture was brought up to CH₂Cl₂ (500 mL) and washed with 0.5 N HCl (2×300 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (2×300 mL), brine (2×300 mL), dried and concentrated. Concentrated residue was brought up to ether (500 mL) and washed with half saturated NaCl (2×150 mL), brine (2×150 mL), dried and concentrated to afford 27.5 g (89%) clear oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.67 (d, 1H, J=15.8 Hz), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 7.1 (m, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H, J=15.8 Hz), 6.9 (m, 1H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 3.3?? (s, 3H).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₂H₁₅NO₃: Mol Wt. 222.1125. Found: Mol Wt, 222.1126 (M+H, HRMS). Step 2. N-methoxy-2-(3-methoxyphenyl)-N-methylcyclopropanecarboxamide

To a solution of trimethylsulfoxonium iodide (28.4 g, 0.13 mole) in DMSO (50 mL) under nitrogen was cooled with a room temperature water bath. To the solution was added NaH, 60% in mineral oil (5.2 g, 0.13 mole) portion wise over 20 minutes. The suspension solution was stirred for one hour. A solution of olefin amide (14.2 g, 0.06 mole) in DMSO (50 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated NH₄Cl (200 mL). The mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filleted and concentrated. The concentrated residue was chromatographed on silica gel (30% to 40% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 12.5 g oil (83%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.2 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.7(m, 3H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.7(s, 3H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 2.4(m, 1H), 1.6 (m, 1H), 1.3(m, 1H). M+H=236.15 Step 3. 2-(3-Methoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarbaldehyde

To the cyclopropyl amide (10 g, 42 mmol) in dry THF (100 mL) under nitrogen at −78° C. was added DIBAL (1M in hexane, 64 mmol). The reaction was stirred three hours at −78° C. Reaction mixture was poured into saturated potassium sodium tartrate (250 mL) and stirred for one hour. Solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×200 mL). Combined organic solution was washed with brine and dried over MgSO₄, concentrated and dried to afford 7.2 g (96%) white solid of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 9.3 (d, 1H, J=4.5 Hz), 7.2 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.8(m, 1H), 6.7 (m, 1H), 6.6 (m, 1H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.2 (m, 1H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.5 (m, 1H). The crude material was used for the next reaction without further purification. Step 4. [2-(3-Methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetaldehyde

To the solution of (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (14.5 g, 42 mmol) in dry THF (50 mL) at 4° C. was added lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1M in THF, 43 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 4° C. To the solution was added aldehyde (5 g, 28.4 mmol) from step 3 in THF (50 mL). Ice bath was removed 30 minutes later and reaction was stirred one hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water (200 mL), extracted with ether (3×100 mL). The combined ether solution was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The concentrated residue was chromatographed on silica gel (5% ethyl acetate in hexane) to remove the polar spot. Fractions contain top two spots (very close together) were combined, dried to afford 5.7 g oil. To the resulting methoxy olefin (4 g) in THF (30 mL) was added HCl (1.5N, 30 mL) and refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature. Neutralized by adding saturated NaHCO₃ slowly and extracted with ether. Combined organic solution was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (20% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 2.5 g (68%) oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 9.8 (t, 1H, J=1.9 Hz), 7.2 (m, 1H ), 6.7(m, 3H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.3 (m, 1H), 1.1 (m, 1H), 0.9 (m, 1H). M⁺=190. Step 5. [2-(3-Methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid

To the solution of [2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetaldehyde aldehyde (1.8 g, 9 mmol) in ethanol (16 mL) was cooled in ice bath then added silver nitrate (3 g in 4 mL distilled water) followed by NaOH (1.4 g in 4 mL distilled water). Ice bath was removed 20 minutes later. The reaction was stirred 30 minutes at room temperature. Solid in the reaction mixture was filtered out through Celite and washed with water (200 mL). Filtrate was concentrated to remove ethanol. The aqueous solution was washed with ether (3×100 mL) then acidified by adding concentrated HCl. The acidified aqueous solution was extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic solution was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄. Dried to afford 1.6 g brown oil (89%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.1 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.7(m, 2H), 6.6 (m, 1H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 1H), 1.4 (m, 1H), 1.0 (m, 1H), 0.9 (m, 1H). HRMS calcd for C₁₂H₁₄O₃ (M−H): 205.0859. found 205.0844. Step 6. Ethyl [2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate.

To the solution of [2-(3-Methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid (1.5 g, 7.3 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (5 mL) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred 3 hours at room temperature then concentrated under vacuum. Concentrated residue was brought up to ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO₃, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄. Dried to afford 1.5 g oil (88%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.1 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.7(m, 3H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.4 (m, 1H), 1.2, (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz), 1.0 (m, 1H), 0.8 (m, 1H). M⁺=234. Step 7. Ethyl [2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate

To the solution of ethyl [2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (0.8 g, 3.4 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL) at −2° C. was added BBr₃ (1 M in CH₂Cl₂, 3.4 mL). Temperature was kept under 2° C. during the addition. The reaction was slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred 18 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with ethanol (10 mL) very slowly at 0° C. The reaction was stirred one hour at room temperature. Saturated NaHCO₃ was added at 0° C. Ethanol was removed. The aqueous solution was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×50 mL), brine, MgSO₄. Dried to afford 0.6 g (88%) dark oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.1 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.7(m, 1H), 6.6 (m, 1 H), 6.5 (m, 1 H), 4.8 (s, 1 H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.3 (m, 4H), 1.2 (t, 3 H, J=7.1 Hz), 0.9 (m, 1H), 0.8 (m, 1H). M⁺=220. Step 8. Ethyl (2-{3-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate

To a solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)-1-ethanol (0.56 g, 3.2 mmol) and polymer bound PPh₃ (1.3 g, 4 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was added the solution of ethyl [2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (0.5 g, 2.2 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.7 mL, 3.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite to remove the polymer and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 0.4 g (47%) yellow solid of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.11 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 7.0 (d, 1H, 7.4 Hz), 6.7 (m, 2H), 6.6 (m, 1H), 6.4 (d, 1 H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.7 (s, 1H), 4.2 (t, 2H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.1 (m, 2 H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H, J=7.0 Hz), 2.7 (t, 2H, J=6.4 Hz), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.3 (m, 1H), 1.9 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.35 (m, 1H), 1.24 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz), 1.0 (m, 1H), 0.8 (m, 1H). M+H=381.2 Step 9. (2-{3-[2-(5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropyl)acetic acid

To the solution of ethyl (2-{3-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate (0.3 g, 0.79 mmol) in 50% acetonitrile in water (6 mL) was added LiOH (150 mg, 3.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for three hours then acidified by adding TFA. The residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC to afford 0.26 g (70%) clear oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.60 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.11 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 6.74-6.63 (m, 4H), 4.26 (t, 2H, J=5.8 Hz), 3.49 (t, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 3.13 (t, 2 H, J=5.8 Hz), 2.82 (t, 2 H, J=6.2 Hz), 2.38-2.35 (m, 2H), 1.98-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.31-1.25 (m, 1H), 0.97-0.90 (m, 1H), 0.88-0.81 (m, 1 H).

HRMS calcd for C₂₁H₂₄N₂O₃ (M+H): 353.1860. found 353.1853

EXAMPLE 74 3-{2-[4-(5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-ylmethoxy)phenyl]cyclopropyl}-propanoic acid

Step 1. Ethyl (2E)-3-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]prop-2-enoate

To a solution of 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarbaldehyde (5 g, 28 mmol) in toluene (100 mL) was added (carbethoxymethylene)triphenylphosphorane (12.8 g, 37 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The concentrated residue was purified by passing through silica gel bed eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 7.6 g yellow oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.9 (m, 2H), 6.8 (m, 2H), 6.6 (m, 1H), 5.9 (d, 1H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 2.1 (m, 1H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.2 (m, 5H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₁₈O₃: Mol Wt. 246.3061. Found: Mol Wt, 246.1256 (m/z). Step 2. Ethyl 3-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]propanoate

Ethyl (2E)-3-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]prop-2-enoate (3 g, 15.6 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL) followed by adding rodium aluminum powder (1.1 g). The reaction mixture was stirred under H_(2(g)) (50 psi) overnight. Rodium aluminum was filtered out through Celite and washed with excess ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrate, dried to afford 3.5 g oil of desired product. The crude material was used for the next reaction without further purification. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.9 (m, 2H), 6.8 (m, 2H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 2.4 (t, 2H, J=7.4 Hz), 1.7 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 1H), 1.2 (m, 3H), 1.0 (m, 1H), 0.9 (m, 1H), 0.85 (m, 1H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₂₀O₃: Mol Wt. 248.3220. Found: Mol Wt, 248.1412 (m/z). Step 3. Ethyl 3-[2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]propanoate

To the ethyl 3-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]propanoate (2 g, 8.1 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (20 m) at O° C. was added BBr₃ (1M in CH₂Cl₂, 8 mL). Temperature was kept under 2° C. during the addition. The reaction was slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred 18 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with ethanol (10 mL) very slowly and stirred one hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by passing through silica gel eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 1.0 g oil (55%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.91(m, 2 H), 6.70 (m, 2 H), 4.11 (m, 2 H), 2.42 (t, 2 H, J=7.4 Hz), 1.65 (m, 2 H), 1.57 (m, 2 H), 1.22 (t, 3 H, J=7.1 Hz), 0.97 (m, 1 H), 0.80 (m, 1 H), 0.70 (m, 1 H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₄H₁₈O₃: Mol Wt. 234.2960. Found: Mol Wt, 234.1256 (m/z). Step 4. 5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-ylmethanol

To a solution of NaBH₄ (0.46 g, 12 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridine-2-carbaldehyde (2 g, 12 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred one hour at 0° C. then quenched with water at 0° C. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined organic solution was dried and concentrated under vacuum to afford 1.75 g (87%) oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.12 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 6.39 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 5.0 (bs, 1H), 4.5 (s, 2H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 2H). M+H=165.1. Step 5. Ethyl 3-{2-[4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-ylmethoxy)phenyl]-cyclopropyl}propanoate

To a solution of 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-ylmethanol (0.5 g, 3 mmol) and Polymer bound PPh₃(1.2 g, 3.2 mmol) in dry DMA (10 mL) was added ethyl 3-[2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]propanoate (0.5 g, 2 mmol) in dry DMA (5 mL) followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.72 mL, 3.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite to remove the polymer and washed with excess DMA. Filtrate was concentrated and chromatographed on HPLC to afford 0.38 g (47%) yellow solid of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.37 (d, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 6.98-6.84 (m, 3H), 6.72 (m, 2H), 5.08 (s, 1H), 4.12(q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.51 (bs, 2H), 2.77 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.41 (m, 2H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.56 (m, 3H), 1.23 (t, 3H, J=7.15 Hz), 0.98-0.81 (m, 1H), 0.80-0.71 (m, 2H). M+H=381. Step 6. 3-{2-[4-(5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-ylmethoxy)phenyl]cyclo-propyl}propanoic acid

To the solution of ethyl ester (0.38 g, 1 mmol) from step 5 in 10 mL 50% acetonitrile in water was added LiOH (180 mg, 4 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for three hours then acidified by adding TFA. The reaction mixture was purified on reverse phase HPLC to afford 90 mg (20%) solid of desired product. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.6 (d, 1 H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.0 (m, 2 H), 6.9 (m, 2 H), 6.8 (m, 1 H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 3.5 (t, 2H, J=5.7 Hz), 2.80 (t, 2 H, J=6.2 Hz), 2.40 (t, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.0 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 3H), 1.0 (m, 1H), 0.9 (m, 1 H), 0.85 (m, 1 H). HRMS calcd for C₂₁H₂₄N₂O₃ (M+H): 353.1860. found 353.1889.

EXAMPLE 75 3-(2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)propanoic acid

Step 1. Ethyl 3-(2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropyl)propanoate

To a solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)-1-ethanol (0.36 g, 2 mmol) and polymer bound PPh₃ (0.8 g, 2 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) was added ethyl 3-[2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]propanoate (0.32 g, 1.4 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.44 mL, 2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite to remove the polymer and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 0.16 g (30%) yellow oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.11 (d, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 6.9 (d, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 6.74 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 6.43 (d, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.2 (t, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 4.1 (m, 1 H), 3.35 (t, 2H, J=5.4 Hz), 2.9 (t, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 2.68 (t, 2H, J=6.2 Hz), 2.42 (t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.88-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.56 (m, 3H), 1.26-1.13 (m, 4H), 0.94-0.92 (m, 1H), 0.79-0.75 (m, 1H), 0.69-0.66 (m, 1 H). HRMS calcd for C₂₄H₃₀N₂O₃ (M+H): 395.2329. found 395.2356. Step 2. 3-(2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropyl)propanoic acid

To the solution of ethyl ester (0.16 g, 0.4 mmol) from step 1 in 50% acetonitrile in water (5 mL) was added LiOH (80 mg, 1.8 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for three hours then acidified by adding TFA. The residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC to afford 0.12 g (63%) solid of desired product. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.57 (d, 1 H, J=7.4 Hz), 6.94 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.75 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.70 (d, 1 H, J=7.4 Hz), 4.21 (t, 2 H, J=5.9 Hz), 3.48 (t, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 3.11 (t, 2 H, J=5.9 Hz), 2.80 (t, 2 H, J=6.3 Hz), 2.40 (t, 2H, J=7.25 Hz), 1.9 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 3H), 0.9 (m, 1H), 0.8 (m, 1 H), 0.7 (m, 1 H).

HRMS calcd for C₂₂H₂₆N₂O₃ (M+H): 367.2016. found 367.2017.

EXAMPLE 76 Example 23 3-(2-{3-[2-(5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)propanoic acid

Step 1. Ethyl (2E)-3-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]prop-2-enoate

To a solution of 2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarbaldehyde (2.1 g, 12 mmol) in toluene (25 mL) was added (carbethoxymethylene)triphenylphosphorane (5.4 g, 15.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight and cooled to room temperature. Concentrated under vacuum. The concentrated residue was purified by passing through silica gel bed eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 3 g yellow oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.18 (??t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.7 (m, 1H), 6.66 (m, 1H), 6.6 (m, 1H), 6.5 (m, 1H), 5.9 (d, 1 H, J=15.4 Hz), 4.2 (q, 2H, 7.1 Hz), 3.8 (s, 3H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.8 (m, 1H), 1.4 (m, 1H), 1.3 (m, 4H). Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₁₈O₃: Mol Wt. 246.3061. Found: Mol Wt, 246.1256 (m/z, HRMS). Step 2. Ethyl 3-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]propanoate

To the solution of ethyl (2E)-3-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]prop-2-enoate (0.3 g, 1.5 mmol) in ethyl acetate (10 mL) was added rodium aluminum powder (0.1 g). The reaction mixture was stirred under H_(2(g)) (50 psi) overnight. Rodium aluminum was filtered out through Celite and washed with excess ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrate, dried to afford 0.35 g oil (94%) of desired product. The crude material was used for the next reaction without further purification. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.13 (t, 1 H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.7 (m, 1H), 6.6 (m, 1H), 6.5 (m, 1 H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 2.4 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.7 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.6 (m, 1H), 1.2 (m, 3H), 1.1 (m, 1H), 0.9 (m, 1H), 0.8 (m, 1H). M+H=249.12. Step 3. Ethyl 3-[2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]propanoate

To the solution of ethyl 3-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]propanoate (1 g, 4 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL) was added BBr₃ (1M in CH₂Cl₂, 4 mL) at 0° C. Temperature was kept under 2° C. during the addition. The reaction was slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred 18 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with ethanol (10 mL) very slowly and stirred two hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The concentrated residue was brought up to ethyl acetate then washed with brine, dried and concentrated to afford 0.5 g oil (55%) of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.1(m, 1 H), 6.6 (m, 2 H), 6.5 (m, 1 H), 4.8 (s, 1 H), 4.1 (m, 2 H), 2.4 (t, 2 H, J=7.4 Hz), 1.7 (m, 2 H), 1.6 (m, 1H), 1.3 (m, 3 H), 1.1 (m, 1 H), 0.9 (m, 1 H), 0.85 (m, 1 H). Step 4. Ethyl 3-(2-{3-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropyl)propanoate

To a solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)-1-ethanol (0.56 g, 3.2 mmol) and polymer bound PPh3 (1.3 g, 4 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was added cyclopropyl phenol (0.5 g, 2.2 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.5 mL, 3.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite to remove the polymer and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 0.4 g (47%) yellow oil of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.1 (m, 2H), 6.6 (m, 3H), 6.5 (d, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.7 (s, 1H), 4.2 (t, 2H, J=6.5 Hz), 4.1 (m, 2 H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H, J=6.7 Hz), 2.7 (t, 2H, J=6.1 Hz), 2.4 (t, 2H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.9 (t, 2H, J=5.4 Hz), 1.7-1.6 (m, 2H), 1.3-1.0 (m, 4H), 1.1 (m, 1H), 0.9 (m, 1H), 0.8 (m, 1 H). M+H=395.17. Step 5. 3-(2-{3-[2-(5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropyl)propanoic acid

To the solution of ethyl ester (0.4 g, 1.0 mmol) in 50% acetonitrile in water (5 mL) was added LiOH (200 mg, 4 mol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for two hours then acidified by adding TFA. The residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC to afford 0.39 g (81%) of desired product as clear oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.6 (d, 1 H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.1 (t, 1 H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.7 (d, 2 H, J=7.4), 6.6 (m, 2 H), 6.57 (m, 1 H), 4.2 (t, 2 H, J=5.9 Hz), 3.5 (t, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 3.10 (t, 2 H, J=5.9 Hz), 2.80 (t, 2 H, J=6.2 Hz), 2.40 (t, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 3H), 1.05 (m, 1H), 0.9 (m, 1 H), 0.8 ?(m, 1 H). HRMS calcd for C₂₂H₂₆N₂O₃ (M+H): 367.2027. Found 367.2013.

EXAMPLE 77 Example 24 Preparation of (2-{4-[2-(1,2,3,5-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-e][1,4]oxazepin-8-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

The title compound is prepared according to the general procedures described in SCHEME 21. Step 1 (2-chloro-6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methanol

To a 1M solution of borane-tetrahydrofuran complex (200 mL, 200 mmol) at 0° C. under N₂ was added 2-chloro-6-methylnicotinic acid (15 g, 87.42 mmol) in dry THF (45 mL) using a dropping funnel. The ice bath was removed after completion of the addition and the reaction stirred overnight. A mixture of acetic acid (12 mL) and methanol (12 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction flask at 0° C. and stirred for 1 hour. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in water. The solution was neutralized with 1N NaOH and then extracted with EtOAc (3×). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a white solid. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.53 (s, 3H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 7.74 (d, 2H). Step 2 2-chloro-3-(chloromethyl)-6-methylpyridine

To a solution of the product of step 1 (10 g, 63.7 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (150 mL) at room temperature under Ar was added thionyl chloride (16.3 mL, 223 mmol) and the mixture stirred for 4 hours. The mixture was poured into ice-cold water very slowly. The layers were separated and the water layer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×). The combined organic layers was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a white solid. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.55 (s, 3H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 7.71 (d, 2H). Step 3 tert-butyl 2-[(2-chloro-6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methoxy]ethylcarbamate

To a solution of t-butyl N-(-2-hydroxyethyl)-carbamate (8.41 g, 52.2 mmol) in DMSO (30 mL) at room temperature was added powder KOH (5.86 g, 104.4 mmol) and followed by the product of step 2 (6 g, 34 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours the reaction was quenched with water. After extraction with Et₂O(3×), the organic layers were washed partitioned between water and EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a yellow oil. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.64 (t, 2H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.29 (d, 2H). Step 4 tert-butyl 2-[(2-chloro-6-methyl-1-oxidopyridin-3-yl)methoxy]ethylcarbamate

The pyridine from step 3 (8.8 g, 29.3 mmol) and mCPBA (7.6 g, 43.98 mmol) were dissolved in CHCL₃ and stirred at 50° C. overnight. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography (silica, 98:2:0.5, CH₂Cl₂:MeOH:NH₄OH) to yield yellow oil. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.64 (t, 2H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 2H). Step 5 2-[(2-chloro-6-methyl-1-oxidopyridin-3-yl)methoxy]ethanamine hydrochloride

The product of step 4 (5.3 g, 16.8 mmol) was dissolved in HCl-EtOH solution (35 mL) at room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was concentrated and dried to yield a white solid. Step 6 8-methyl-1,2,3,5-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-e][1,4]oxazepine 9-oxide

To a solution of the product of step 5 (4.23 g, 16.8 mmol) in t-amyl alcohol (30 mL) at room temperature under N₂ was added NaHCO₃ (7.05 g, 84 mmol) and the mixture was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction was cooled, diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography (silica, 98:2:0.5, CH₂Cl₂:MeOH:NH₄OH) to yield light yellow crystals. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.54 (s, 3H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.90 (t, 2H), 4.60 (s, 2H), 6.63 (d, 1H), 6.93 (d, 2H). Step 7 8-methyl-1,2,3,5-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-e][1,4]oxazepine

A solution of the product of step 6 (3.47 g, 19.28 mmol), ion powder (1.62 g, 28.9 mmol), triphenylphosphine (5.06 g, 19.28 mmol) and acetic acid (50 ml) was heated to reflux for 1 hour. The solution was cooled, filtrated through a celite bed, and washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated and purified on a silica gel column, eluting with dichloromethane/methanol/ammonium hydroxide (97.5:2:0.5) to afford a light yellow crystals. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.40 (s, 3H), 3.26 (m, 2H), 3.84 (t, 2H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 6.59 (d, 1H), 7.82 (d, 2H). Step 8 tert-butyl 8-methyl-2,3-dihydropyrido[2,3-e][1,4]oxazepine-1 (5H)-carboxylate

A solution of the product of step 7 (3.4 g, 20.7 mmol), di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (9.05 g, 41.46 mmol), and DMAP (251 mg) in THF (100 mL) was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was crystallized from 20% EtOAc/Hex to afford a brown solid. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 3.90 (m, 2H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 7.50 (d, 2H). Step 9 tert-butyl 8-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-2,3-dihydropyrido[2,3-e][1,4]oxazepine-1(5H)-carboxylate

Lithium diisopropylamide solution (4.7 mL, 9.54 mmol, 2.0 M in THF/ethylbenzene/heptane) was added dropwise to a chilled (−78° C.), stirred solution of the product of step 8 (2.1 g, 7.95 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL) under N₂ and the resulting solution stirred for 20 min at −78° C. Diethyl carbonate (3.6 mL, 29.41 mmol) was introduced to the mixture. After 1 hour the reaction was quenched with saturated NH₄Cl solution and warmed to room temperature. The mixture was extracted three times with ethyl acetate and all organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 25% ethyl acetate/hexane). The desired product is a yellow solid. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.27 (t, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 4.16 (q, 2H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.60 (d, 2H). Step 10 tert-butyl 8-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2,3-dihydropyrido[2,3-e][1,4]oxazepine-1 (5H)-carboxylate

To a solution of the product of step 9 (1.9 g, 5.7 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) at room temperature was added a solution of LiBH₄ (2.0 M in THF, 3.4 mL, 6.78 mmol), and the resulting mixture was heated to reflux. After 16 hours the mixture was cooled to 0° C. and carefully quenched with water (20 mL). After 10 minutes, the mixture was extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a yellow solid. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.46 (s, 9H), 3.01 (t, 2H), 3.90 (m, 2H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 7.56 (d, 2H). Step 11 2-(1,2,3,5-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-e][1,4]oxazepin-8-yl)ethanol

A mixture of the product of step 10 and 4 M HCl in dioxane (6 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours, and then concentrated under reduced temperature. The residue was was chromatographed on silica gel (eluent: 94.5/5/0.5 chloroform/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide) to afford a yellow oil. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) d 3.11 (t, 2H), 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 4.05 (t, 3H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 6.74 (d, 1H), 7.60 (d, 2H). Step 12 ethyl (2-{4-[2-(1,2,3,5-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-e][1,4]oxazepin-8-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate

To a solution of [2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid (WO 0033838, 316 mg, 1.44 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (378 mg, 1.44 mmol) in 10 ml THF under N₂ at room temperature was added a solution of diethyl azodicarboxylate (250 mg, 1.44 mmol) in THF (6 mL) and stirred for 15 min. The product of step 11 (280 mg, 1.44 mmol) was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. THF was evaporated and the residue was purified on HPLC using acetonitrile gradient 15-50% in 30 min to yield 150 mg product as yellow oil. Step 13. Preparation of (2-{4-[2-(1,2,3,5-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-e][1,4]oxazepin-8-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

The product of step 12 (50 mg, 0.38 mmol) was dissolved in 3 ml methanol and 3 ml 1N sodium hydroxide solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h, acidified with 1 ml trifluoroacetic acid, and concentrated. The residue was purified on HPLC using acetonitrile gradient 15-50% in 30 min to yield an yellow oil. FAB-MS:(MH+)=369. H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.80 (m, 1H), 0.87 (m, 1H), 1.22 (m, 1H), 1.71 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 2H), 3.21 (t, 2H), 3.67 (t, 2H), 3.98 (t, 2 H), 4.27 (t, 2H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 2H), 7.81 (d, 1H).

Anal Calcd. for C₂₁H₂₄N₂O₄ plus 1.4 CF₃COOH: C, 54.13; H, 4.85; N, 5.30. Found: 54.46; H, 5.04; N, 5.35.

EXAMPLE 78 (2-{3-bromo-4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid trifluoroacetate

The title compound was prepared according to the example 13 of patent WO 02/18340. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.01 (m, 1H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H) 5.61 (m, 1H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 3.52 (t, 2H), 3.32 (t, 2H), 2.91 (t, 2H), 2.3-2.5 (m, 2H), 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.2 (m, 1H), 0.98 (m, 1H), 0.96 (m, 1H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₁H₂₄BrN₂O₃: Mol. Wt. 431.0981 (M+H). Found: 431.0965 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 79 (2-Methyl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropyl)acetic acid trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of (3E)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)pent-3-enoic acid

A mixture of 2-carboxypropyltriphenyl phosphonium bromide (66.2 g, 160 mmol) and 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethanone (20 g, 133 mmol) in dimethylsulfoxide (300 mL) was added slowly to a suspension of sodium hydride (12.78 g, 320 mmol, 60% suspension in mineral oil) in tetrahydrofuran (200 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and quenched with water (1 L) followed by addition of sodium hydroxide, extracted twice with ethyl acetate and organic layer discarded. The aqueous layer was acidified using 2N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated to give solid (17 g, 53.2%). ¹H NMR (CD₃Cl₃) δ 7.27 (m, 2H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 5.82(m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.21 (d, 2H), 2.07 (m, 3H). Step 2. Preparation of (3E)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)pent-3-en-1-ol.

To a solution of LiAlH₄ (1 M in THF, 6.17 ml, 6.17 mmol) in THF (20 ml) at O° C. was added slowly a solution of acid from step 1 (1.0 g, 4.1 mmol) in THF (20 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for three hours at room temperature, cooled to O° C. and quenched by dropwise addition of 2.5 N NaOH. The solution stirred at room temperature for few minutes, solid complex filtered and washed with excess THF. The organic layer washed with sat. NH₄Cl, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated to give white solid in quantitative yield. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.28 (m, 2H), 6.88 (m, 2H), 5.72(m, 1H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.7 (t, 2H), 2.29 (m, 2H), 2.02 (m, 3H). Step 3. Preparation of 2-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methylcyclopropyl]ethanol.

To a solution of iodochloromethane (1 ml, 13.52 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (20 ml) at O° C. was added a solution of diethylzinc (1.0 M in hexane, 6.76 ml, 6.76 mmol) dropwise over 10-15 minutes. A solution of alcohol from step 2 (1.0 g, 5.2 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (30 ml) was added dropwise at O° C. The solution was then stirred at room temperature for few minutes, heated at 40° C. for 1 hour and stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The solution was cooled at O° C. and quenched by addition of 1.5 N HCl. The aqueous layer extracted several times with ethyl acetate, the combined organic layer washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated to give oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.2 (m, 2H), 6.8 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.7 (t, 2H), 2.26 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 3H), 0.89 (m, 2H), 0.62 (m, 1H). Step 4. Preparation of [2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methylcyclopropyl]acetic acid.

A solution of alcohol from step 3 (0.25 g, 1.2 mmol), Tempo (0.012 g, 0.08 mmol) and phosphate buffer (4.55 ml, 22.33 mmol) was stirred at room temperature. A solution of NaClO₂ (80%, 0.273 gm, 2.4 mmol) in water (1 ml) and NaOCl (10-13% chlorine, 0.2 ml, 0.3 mmol, 30 mol %) were added. The solution was heated at 35° C. for 6 hours, cooled to room temperature and adjusted to pH=8 using water and NaOH. A solution of Na₂S₂O₃ in water was added and reaction stirred for 30 minutes. Ethyl acetate was added and solution acidified using 1.5 N HCl, the aqueous layer was extracted three times with ethyl acetate, combined organic layer washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to give oil.

¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.24 (m, 2H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.7 (t, 2H), 2.3-2.7 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 1H), 1.02 (m, 1H), 0.82 (m, 1H). Step 5. Preparation of ethyl [2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-methylcyclopropyl]acetate.

To a solution of the acid from step 4 in ethanol (10 mL) was added 4 N HCl in dioxane (1 mL). The reaction was stirred 3 hours at room temperature then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with NaHCO₃ brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give yellow oil. The crude compound was used without further purification. The crude material was stirred in CH₂Cl₂ (20 ml) at 0° C. and BBr₃ (1.0 M in CH₂Cl₂, 1.6 ml) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 0° C., quenched by addition of ethanol and stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The solvent was concentrated to remove ethanol. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with sat. NaHCO₃, brine and dried over Na₂SO₄ to give brown oil. The crude material was used without further purification. M⁺=235. Step 6. Preparation of (2-methyl-2-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]-phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid.

To a solution of 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)-1-ethanol (0.4 g) and Polymer bound PPh₃ (0.38 g) in dry THF (20 ml) was added phenol from step 5. (0.15 g) followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.2 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite to remove the polymer and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated, residue dissolved in acetonitrile (5 ml), acidified by adding TFA and purified using reverse phase HPLC. The crude ester was dissolved in ethanol (10 ml), LiOH (0.1 g) was added and solution heated at 50° C. for few hours. The solvent was concentrated, residue dissolved in acetonitrile (10 ml), acidified by adding TFA and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 9 mg of desired product.

¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 6.83 (m, 2H), 6.77 (d, 1H), 4.23 (m, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 2.84 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.3 (m, 3H), 1.05 (m, 1H), 0.8-0.72 (m, 2H). HRMS calcd for C₂₂H₂₆N₂O₃ (M+H): 367.2016. Found: 367.2015.

EXAMPLE 80 (1-methyl-2-{4-[2-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid trifluoroacetate

The title compound was prepared reacting p-methoxy benzaldehyde with 1-Ethoxycarbonylethylidene)triphenylphosphorane and following the reaction sequence in scheme 8 of patent WO 01/96307. The title compound was purified via reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile/water(0.5% TFA)). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.08 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.06 (t, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2. 2-2.5 (m, 4H), 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.27 (m, 1H), 0.94 (m, 1H), 0.89 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₂H₂₈N₃O₃: Mol. Wt. 382.2125 (M+H). Found: 382.2156 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 81 ((+)-2-{4-[2-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-⁶-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

Step 1. (+)Ethyl [2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate

The racemate phenol was passed through the Whelko-RR column. The desired (+) isomer eluted first and the rotation was confirmed as [^(s)x]₅₈₉ ²⁵+52.2 (c 0.290, MeOH). The undesired isomer was confirmed as [^(s)x]₅₈₉ ²⁵−48.5 (c 0.303, MeOH).

Synthesis of 2-(1-Methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethanol

Step 1. Synthesis of 6-methyl-2-nitropyridin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate.

To a solution of 3-hydroxy-6-methyl-2-nitropyridine (2 g, 12.97 mmol, 1 eq) in CH₂Cl₂ (150 mL) at 0° C. under N₂ was added triethylamine (2.68 mL, 19.27 mmol, 1.48 eq) and followed by trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (2.62 mL, 15.57 mmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 0° C. and then quenched with water. The organic layer was separated, washed with water and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration at reduced pressure, the crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (15% EA/Hex) to afford the desired product (3.65 g, 98% yield) as a yellow oil. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.70 (s, 3H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.81(d, 2H). Step 2. Synthesis of ethyl N-methyl-N-(6-methyl-2-nitropyridin-3-yl)glycinate.

To a solution of 6-methyl-2-nitropyridin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (7 g, 24.47 mmol, 1 eq) in toluene (40 mL) at room temperature under N₂ was added sarcosine ester hydrochloride (9.4 g, 61.2 mmol, 2.5 eq) and followed by triethylamine (8.51 mL, 61.2 mmol, 2.5 eq). The mixture was refluxed overnight under N₂. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and quenched with water. The mixture was extracted three times with ethyl acetate and all organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄. After filtration and concentration at reduced pressure, the crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (20% EA/Hex) to afford the desired product (4.3 g, 69% yield) as brown oil. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.026 (t, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 2H), 4.20 (q, 2H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.49(d, 2H). Step 3. Synthesis of 1,6-dimethyl-1,4-dihydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-3(2H)-one.

6-Methyl-2-nitropyridin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (4.3 g, 17 mmol) was hydrogenated in ethanol solution at room temperature using H₂ at 5 psi and 20% Pd(OH)₂/C catalyst for 2 hour. Upon completion of the reaction, the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was crystallized out from 50% EA/Hex solution as yellow crystalline solid. The mother liquid was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (50% EA/Hex). (1.44g, 46% yield) H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 3.18 (t, 2H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 6.34 (d, 1H), 6.57(d, 2H). Step 4. Synthesis of 1,6-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine.

LiAlH₄ (214 mg, 5.64 mmol) was slowly added to 10 mL anhydrous THF in a round-bottom flask fitted with a stirbar and a condenser. After stirring for 10 minutes, a solution of 1,6-dimethyl-1,4-dihydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-3(2H)-one (500 mg, 2.82 mmol) in 5 mL anhydrous THF was added dropwise. Upon completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and quenched with 1 M NaOH solution until the mixture had become a milky yellow color. The precipitate was filtered off and washed 3 times with CH₂Cl₂. The filtrate and washings were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄. Filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the desired product as light yellow oil, which solidified on standing. (420 mg, 91% yield). H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.17 (t, 2H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 6.36 (d, 1H), 6.56(d, 2H). Step 5. Synthesis of tert-butyl 1,6-dimethyl-2,3-dihydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine-4(1H)-carboxylate.

A solution of 1,6-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine (1.14 g, 7 mmol), di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (2.29 g, 10.5 mmol), DMAP (100 mg) and triethylamine (1.46 mL, 10.5 mmol) in 30 mL THF was refluxed 72 hours under N₂. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄. After filtration and concentration at reduced pressure, the crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (40% EA/Hex) to afford the desired product (1.6 g, 90% yield) as yellow oil. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.51 (s, 9H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 3.28 (t, 2H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.83(d, 2H). Step 6. Synthesis of tert-butyl 6-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-methyl-2,3-dihydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine-4(1H)-carboxylate.

Lithium diisopropylamide solution (5 mL, 10 mmol, 2.0 M in THF/ethylbenzene/heptane) was added dropwise to a chilled (−78° C.), stirred solution of tert-butyl 1,6-dimethyl-2,3-dihydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine-4(1H)-carboxylate (950 mg, 3.61 mmol) and diethyl carbonate (1.62 mL, 13.36 mmol) in 20 mL dry THF under nitrogen atmosphere. After 1 hour the reaction was quenched with saturated NH₄Cl solution and warmed to room temperature. The mixture was extracted three times with ethyl acetate and all organic extracts were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 30% ethyl acetate/hexane). The desired fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the desired product F (1.05 g, 87% yield) as a yellow solid. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.25 (t, 3H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 3.38 (t, 2H), 3.68(s, 2H), 3.84 (t, 2H), 4.14 (q, 2H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 6.95(d, 2H). Step 7. Synthesis of 2-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethanol.

To a solution of tert-butyl 6-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-methyl-2,3-dihydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine-4(1H)-carboxylate 1.05 g, 3.13 mmol)) in dry THF (15 mL) at room temperature was added a solution of LiBH₄ (2.0 M in THF, 1.88 mL), and the resulting mixture was heated to reflux. After 16 hours the mixture was cooled to 0° C. and carefully quenched with water (20 mL). After 10 minutes, the mixture was extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. This residue was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (3 mL), and to this solution was added 4 M HCl in dioxane (6 mL) all at once at room temp. After 4 hours, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product, which was chromatographed on silica gel (eluent: 98/2/0.5 dichloromethane/methanol/-ammonium hydroxide) to afford the desired product as a gray solid. (390 mg) H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.73 (t, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 3.20 (t, 2H), 3.58(m, 2H), 3.89 (t, 2H), 6.36 (d, 1H), 6.58(d, 2H).

Step 8. ((+)-2-{4-[2-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid bis(trifluoroacetate)

To a solution of 2-(1-Methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethanol (2.6 g, 13.5 mmol) and PPh₃ polymer bound (4.5 g, 13.6 mmole) in dry THF (100 mL) was added ethyl [(+)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (2 g, 9 mmol), from step 1, followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (2.6 ml, 13.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, PPh₃ polymer was filtered through celite and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated and chromatographed on revere phase HPLC to afford 2.2 g orange oil of ethyl ester. M+H=396.3. The ethyl ester (2.2 g, 3.5 mmol) in 1:1/acetonitrile:water (30 ml) was treated with LiOH (1.3 g). Reaction was heated one hour at 55° C. then cooled to room temperature. Reaction was acidified by adding TFA and purified on reverse phase HPLC to give 1.8 g (86%) TFA salt of title compound. The final compound is referenced as (+) isomer since it was coupled with the (+) phenol isomer from step 1. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.00-6.97 (m, 2 H), 6.9 (d, 1 H, J=8.0 Hz), 6.79-6.76 (m, 2 H), 6.67 (d, 1 H, J=8,0 Hz), 4.17 (t, 2 H, J=6.0 Hz), 3.64 (t, 2 H, J=4.9 Hz), 3.29-3.25 (m, 2 H), 3.04 (t, 2 H, J=6.0 Hz), 2.91 (s, 3 H), 2.39-2.28 (m, 2 H), 1.71-1.67 (m, 1 H), 1.22-1.18 (m, 1 H), 0.88-0.83 (m, 1 H), 0.80-0.75 (m, 1 H). HRMS calcd for C₂₁H₂₅N₃O₃ (M+H): 368.1969. found 368.1962.

Step 9. ((+)-2-{4-[2-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid dihydrochloride

The TFA salt (6.2 g) from step 4 was dissolved in 50% acetonitrile in water and passed through AG resin (100 g, 200-400 mesh, chloride form) coulmn. The column was eluted with 50% acetonitrile in water. Fractions that contained the title compound were combined and lyophilized to give 4.6 g HCL salt of the title compound. Compound was tested for IC₅₀ to confirm as the desired compound.

EXAMPLE 82 ((−)-2-{4-[2-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid

To a solution of 2-(1-Methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethanol (0.5 g, 2.6 mmol) and PPh₃ polymer bound (0.86 g, 2.6 mmole) in dry THF (20 mL) was added ethyl [(−)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (0.6 g, 2.7 mmol), from example 1 of step 1, followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.6 ml, 3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, PPh₃ polymer was filtered through celite and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated. The concentrated residue was dissolved in 1:1/acetonitrile:water (10 ml) was treated with LiOH (0.4 g, 10 mmol). Reaction was heated two hours at 55° C. then cooled to room temperature. Reaction was acidified by adding TFA and purified on reverse phase HPLC to give 0.28 g (18%) TFA salt of title compound. The final compound is referenced as (−) isomer since it was coupled with (−) phenol isomer from step 1. The compound was tested for IC50 to confirm as undesired compound. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 6.91 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.81 (d, 1 H, J=8.0 Hz), 6.69 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.59 (d, 1 H, J=7.9 Hz), 4.09 (t, 2 H, J=5.9 Hz), 3.55 (t, 2 H, J=4.9 Hz), 3.21-3.16 (m, 2 H), 2.95 (t, 2 H, J=5.9 Hz), 2.82 (s, 3 H), 2.26-2.34 (m, 2 H), 1.62-1.58 (m, 1 H), 1.1 (m, 1 H), 0.78-0.72 (m, 1 H), 0.70-0.67 (m, 1 H). HRMS calcd for C₂₁H₂₅N₃O₃ (M+H): 368.1969. found 368.1980.

EXAMPLE 83 [2,2-Dichloro-3-(4-{2-[6-(methylamino)pyridin-2-yl]ethoxy}phenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid trifluoroacetate

To a solution of 2-[6-(methylamino)pyridin-2-yl]ethanol (0.25 g, 1.7 mmol) and PPh₃ polymer bound (0.7 g, 2.1 mmole) in dry THF (20 mL) was added ethyl [2,2-dichloro-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (0.4 g, 1.4 mmol) followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.32 ml, 1.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, PPh₃ polymer was filtered through celite and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated and passed through a short silica gel bed to afford 1 g oil. The oil material (1 g) was dissolved in 1:1/acetonitrile:water (20 ml) and treated with LiOH (0.3 g). Reaction was heated two hours at 55° C. then cooled to room temperature. Reaction was acidified by adding TFA and purified on reverse phase HPLC to give 0.22 g (31%) of title compound. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.88-7.83 (m, 1 H), 7.23 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.92-6.84 (m, 4 H), 4.33 (t, 2 H, J=6.0 Hz), 3.26 (t, 2 H, J=6 Hz), 2.85-2.66 (m, 2 H), 2.61 (d, 1 H, J=8.4 Hz), 2.29-2.22 (m, 1 H). HRMS calcd for C₁₉H₂₀Cl₂N₂O₃ (M+H):395.0924. found 395.0932.

EXAMPLE 84 [(+)-2-(4-{2-[6-(methylamino)pyridin-2-yl]ethoxy}phenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid trifluoroacetate

To a solution of 2-[6-(methylamino)pyridin-2-yl]ethanol (1 g, 6.6 mmol) and PPh₃ polymer bound (1.4 g, 9.9 mmole) in dry THF (50 mL) was added ethyl [(+)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclopropyl]acetate (1.4 g, 6.6 mmol) from example 1 step 1, followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (1.5 ml, 7.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, PPh₃ polymer was filtered through celite and washed with excess THF. Filtrate was concentrated. The concentrated residue was dissolved in 1:1/acetonitrile:water (40 ml) and treated with LiOH (1 g). Reaction was heated two hours at 55° C. then cooled to room temperature. Reaction was acidified by adding TFA and purified on reverse phase HPLC twice to give 0.45 g (15%) of title compound. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.8 (m, 1 H), 7.0 (d, 2 H, J=8.6 Hz), 6.9-6.6 (m, 4 H), 4.26 (t, 2 H, J=6 Hz), 3.21 (t, 2 H, J=6 Hz), 3.0 (s, 3 H), 2.35-2.33 (m, 2 H), 1.71-1.67 (m, 1 H), 1.21-1.18 (m, 1 H), 0.89-0.76 (m, 2 H). HRMS calcd for C₁₉H₂₂N₂O₃ (M+H): 327.1703. found 327.1677.

EXAMPLE 85 (2,2-Dichloro-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid hydrochloride

Step 1. Ethyl (2,2-dichloro-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate

Racemate of ethyl(2,2-dichloro-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetate (24.6 g) was passed through ChiralPak AD column. The undesired isomer eluted first to afford (12.5 g). The desired isomer eluted later to afford (11.2 g).

Step 2.

The first peak from step 1 (8.5 g, 18.9 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (100 ml) and water (30 ml). The mixture was treated with LiOH (3 g, 71 mmol) and heated at 55° C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction was purified on reverse phase HPLC to afford 8 g (70%) TFA salt. The TFA salt was then converted to HCl salt (7 g). The sample was tested for IC₅₀ and confirmed as undesired isomer. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.6 (d, 1 H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.2 (d, 2 H, J=8.6 Hz), 6.9 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.7 (d, 1 H, J=7.4 Hz), 4.27 (t, 2 H, J=6.0 Hz), 3.49 (t, 2 H, J=5.7 Hz), 3.14 (t, 2 H, J=5.9 Hz), 2.81-2.59 (m, 5 H), 2.27-2.21 (m, 1 H), 1.97-1.91 (m, 2 H). HRMS calcd for C₂₁H₂₂Cl₂N₂O₃ (M+H):421.1080. found 421.1049.

Step 3.

The second peak from step 1 (11.2 g, 25 mmol) was hydrolyzed to afford 10.6 g (80%) TFA salt. The TFA salt was then converted to HCl salt (10.5 g). Sample was tested for IC₅₀ and confirmed as desired compound. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.60 (d, 1 H, J=7.3 Hz), 7.2 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.9 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.7 (d, 1 H, J=7.5 Hz), 4.3 (t, 2 H, J=6.0 Hz), 3.5 (t, 2 H, J=5.6 Hz), 3.16 (t, 2 H, J=5.8 Hz), 2.85-2.59 (m, 5 H), 2.29-2.21 (m, 1 H), 2.03-1.91 (m, 2 H). HRMS calcd for C₂₁H₂₂Cl₂N₂O₃ (M+H):421.1080. found 421.1049.

EXAMPLE 86 (2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid trifluoroacetate

The title compound was prepared using the scheme described in example 64. The phenol from step 7 of that example was treated with 2-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethanol as described in step 8 of the same example. The title compound was purified via reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile/water(0.5% TFA)). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.08 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.06 (t, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.42-2.52 (m, 2H), 1.57 (m, 1H), 1.32 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.78 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₃H₃₀N₃O₃: Mol. Wt. 396.2282 (M+H). Found: 396.2293 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 87 2-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethanol

The title compound was prepared using the scheme described in example 64. The phenol from step 7 of that example was treated with 2-[6-(methylamino)pyridin-2-yl]ethanol as described in step 8 of the same example. The title compound was purified via reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile/water(0.5% TFA)). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.05 (d, 2H), 6.85-6.80 (m, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 3.21 (t, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.42-2.52 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 1H), 1.28 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.84 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₁H₂₇N₂O₃: Mol. Wt. 355.2016 (M+H). Found: 355.2008 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 88 (2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[3-(1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid trifluoroacetate

The title compound was prepared using the scheme described in example 66 by reacting Ethyl [3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl]acetate with tert-butyl 3-hydroxypropylcarbamate. The title compound was purified via reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile/water(0.5% TFA)). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.12 (d, 2H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 4.02 (t, 2H), 3.32 (m, 6H), 2.41-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 1H), 1.28 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 0.88 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₀H₂₉N₃O₃: Mol. Wt. 360.2282. Found. 360.2270 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 89 (1-methyl-2-{4-[2-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid trifluoroacetate

The title compound was prepared reacting p-methoxy benzaldehyde with 1-Ethoxycarbonylethylidene)triphenylphosphorane and following the reaction sequence in scheme 8 of patent WO 01/96307. The title compound was purified via reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile/water(0.5% TFA)). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.08 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.06 (t, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.2-2.5 (m, 4H), 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.27 (m, 1H), 0.94 (m, 1H), 0.89 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₂H₂₈N₃O₃: Mol. Wt. 382.2125 (M+H). Found: 382.2156 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 90 (2E)-(2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclobutylidene)ethanoic acid trifluoroacetate

The title compound was prepared reacting 2,2 dimethyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)-1-cyclobutanone with triethyl phosphonoacetate and following the reaction sequence in example 14 of patent WO 01/96307. The title compound was purified via reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile/water(0.5% TFA)). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 5.61 (m, 1H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 3.52 (t, 2H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.18 (t, 2H), 2.9 (t, 2H), 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.3 (s, 3H), 0.79 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₄H₂₉N₂O₃: Mol. Wt. 393.2173 (M+H). Found: 393.2183 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 91 (2,2-dimethyl-3-{4-[2-(1-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclobutyl)acetic acid trifluoroacetate

The title compound was prepared reacting 2,2 dimethyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)-1-cyclobutanone with triethyl phosphonoacetate and following the reaction sequence in example 14 of patent WO 01/96307. The title compound was purified via reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile/water(0.5% TFA)). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 4.21 (t, 2H), 3.72 (t, 2H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 3H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.2-2.5 (m, 4H), 1.96 (m, 1H), 1.21 (s, 3H), 0.54 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₄H₃₂N₃O₃: Mol. Wt. 410.2438 (M+H). Found: 410.2410 (M+H, HRMS).

EXAMPLE 92 (3,3-dimethyl-2-oxo-4-{4-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}cyclobutyl )acetic acid trifluoroacetate

The title compound was prepared reacting 2,2 dimethyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl)-1-cyclobutanone with ethyl bromoacetate and following reaction sequence in example 14 of patent WO 01/96307. The title compound was purified via reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.42 (d, 2H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 1H), 4.23 (m, 3H), 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.52 (m, 4H), 3.22 (m, 2H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.1 (s, 3H), 1.15 (s, 3H). Anal. Calcd for C₂₄H₂₉N₂O₄: Mol. Wt. 409.2136 (M+H). Found: 409.2122 (M+H, HRMS).

The activity of the compounds of the present invention was tested in the following assays.

Vitronectin Adhesion Assay

Materials

Human vitronectin receptors α_(v)β₃ and α_(v)β₅ were purified from human placenta as previously described [Pytela et al., Methods in Enzymology, 144:475-489 (1987)]. Human vitronectin was purified from fresh frozen plasma as previously described [Yatohgo et al., Cell Structure and Function, 13:281-292 (1988)]. Biotinylated human vitronectin was prepared by coupling NHS-biotin from Pierce Chemical Company (Rockford, Ill.) to purified vitronectin as previously described [Charo et al., J. Biol. Chem., 266(3):1415-1421 (1991)]. Assay buffer, OPD substrate tablets, and RIA grade BSA were obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.). Anti-biotin antibody was obtained from Sigma (St. Luois, Mo.). Nalge Nunc-Immuno microtiter plates were obtained from Nalge Company (Rochester, N.Y.).

Methods Solid Phase Receptor Assays

This assay was essentially the same as previously reported [Niiya et al., Blood, 70:475-483 (1987)]. The purified human vitronectin receptors α_(v)β₃ and α_(v)β₅ were diluted from stock solutions to 1.0 μg/mL in Tris-buffered saline containing 1.0 mM Ca⁺⁺, Mg⁺⁺, and Mn⁺⁺, pH 7.4 (TBS⁺⁺⁺). The diluted receptors were immediately transferred to Nalge Nunc-Immuno microtiter plates at 100 μL/well (100 ng receptor/well). The plates were sealed and incubated overnight at 4° C. to allow the receptors to bind to the wells. All remaining steps were at room temperature. The assay plates were emptied and 200 μL of 1% RIA grade BSA in TBS⁺⁺⁺ (TBS⁺⁺⁺/BSA) were added to block exposed plastic surfaces. Following a 2 hour incubation, the assay plates were washed with TBS⁺⁺⁺ using a 96 well plate washer. Logarithmic serial dilution of the test compound and controls were made starting at a stock concentration of 2 mM and using 2 nM biotinylated vitronectin in TBS⁺⁺⁺/BSA as the diluent. This premixing of labeled ligand with test (or control) ligand, and subsequent transfer of 50 μL aliquots to the assay plate was carried out with a CETUS Propette robot; the final concentration of the labeled ligand was 1 nM and the highest concentration of test compound was 1.0×10⁻⁴ M. The competition occurred for two hours after which all wells were washed with a plate washer as before. Affinity purified horseradish peroxidase labeled goat anti-biotin antibody was diluted 1:2000 in TBS⁺⁺⁺/BSA and 125 μL was added to each well. After 45 minutes, the plates were washed and incubated with OPD/H₂O₂ substrate in 100 mM/L Citrate buffer, pH 5.0. The plate was read with a microtiter plate reader at a wavelength of 450 nm and when the maximum-binding control wells reached an absorbance of about 1.0, the final A₄₅₀ were recorded for analysis. The data were analyzed using a macro written for use with the EXCEL spreadsheet program. The mean, standard deviation, and % CV were determined for duplicate concentrations. The mean A₄₅₀ values were normalized to the mean of four maximum-binding controls (no competitor added)(B-MAX). The normalized values were subjected to a four parameter curve fit algorithm [Rodbard et al., Int. Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, pp 469 (1977)], plotted on a semi-log scale, and the computed concentration corresponding to inhibition of 50% of the maximum binding of biotinylated vitronectin (IC₅₀) and corresponding R² was reported for those compounds exhibiting greater than 50% inhibition at the highest concentration tested; otherwise the IC₅₀ is reported as being greater than the highest concentration tested. β-[[2-[[5-[(aminoiminomethyl)amino]-1-oxopentyl]amino]-1-oxoethyl]amino]-3-pyridinepropanoic acid [U.S. Pat. No. 5,602,155 Example 1] which is a potent α_(v)β₃ antagonist (IC₅₀ in the range 3-10 nM) was included on each plate as a positive control.

Purified IIb/IIIa Receptor Assay

Materials

Human fibrinogen receptor (IIb/IIIa) was purified from outdated platelets. (Pytela, R., Pierschbacher, M. D., Argraves, S., Suzuki, S., and Rouslahti, E. “Arginine-Glycine-Aspartic acid adhesion receptors”, Methods in Enzymology 144(1987):475-489.) Human vitronectin was purified from fresh frozen plasma as described in Yatohgo, T., Izumi, M., Kashiwagi, H., and Hayashi, M., “Novel purification of vitronectin from human plasma by heparin affinity chromatography,” Cell Structure and Function 13(1988):281-292. Biotinylated human vitronectin was prepared by coupling NHS-biotin from Pierce Chemical Company (Rockford, Ill.) to purified vitronectin as previously described. (Charo, I. F., Nannizzi, L., Phillips, D. R., Hsu, M. A., Scarborough, R. M., “Inhibition of fibrinogen binding to GP IIb/IIIa by a GP IIIa peptide”, J. Biol. Chem. 266(3)(1991): 1415-1421.) Assay buffer, OPD substrate tablets, and RIA grade BSA were obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.). Anti-biotin antibody was obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.). Nalge Nunc-Immuno microtiter plates were obtained from (Rochester, N.Y.). ADP reagent was obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.).

Methods

Solid Phase Receptor Assays

This assay is essentially the same reported in Niiya, K., Hodson, E., Bader, R., Byers-Ward, V. Koziol, J. A., Plow, E. F. and Ruggeri, Z. M., “Increased surface expression of the membrane glycoprotein IIb/IIIa complex induced by platelet activation: Relationships to the binding of fibrinogen and platelet aggregation”, Blood 70(1987):475-483. The purified human fibrinogen receptor (IIb/IIIa) was diluted from stock solutions to 1.0 μg/mL in Tris-buffered saline containing 1.0 mM Ca⁺⁺, Mg⁺⁺, and Mn⁺⁺, pH 7.4 (TBS⁺⁺⁺). The diluted receptor was immediately transferred to Nalge Nunc-Immuno microtiter plates at 100 μL/well (100 ng receptor/well). The plates were sealed and incubated overnight at 4° C. to allow the receptors to bind to the wells. All remaining steps were at room temperature. The assay plates were emptied and 200 μL of 1% RIA grade BSA in TBS⁺⁺⁺ (TBS⁺⁺⁺/BSA) were added to block exposed plastic surfaces. Following a 2 hour incubation, the assay plates were washed with TBS⁺⁺⁺ using a 96 well plate washer. Logarithmic serial dilution of the test compound and controls were made starting at a stock concentration of 2 mM and using 2 nM biotinylated vitronectin in TBS⁺⁺⁺/BSA as the diluent. This premixing of labeled ligand with test (or control) ligand, and subsequent transfer of 50 μL aliquots to the assay plate was carried out with a CETUS Propette robot; the final concentration of the labeled ligand was 1 nM and the highest concentration of test compound was 1.0×10⁻⁴ M. The competition occurred for two hours after which all wells were washed with a plate washer as before. Affinity purified horseradish peroxidase labeled goat anti-biotin antibody was diluted 1:2000 in TBS⁺⁺⁺/BSA and 125 μL were added to each well. After 45 minutes, the plates were washed and incubated with ODD/H₂O₂ substrate in 100 mM/L citrate buffer, pH 5.0. The plate was read with a microtiter plate reader at a wavelength of 450 nm and when the maximum-binding control wells reached an absorbance of about 1.0, the final A₄₅₀ were recorded for analysis. The data were analyzed using a macro written for use with the EXCELJ spreadsheet program. The mean, standard deviation, and % CV were determined for duplicate concentrations. The mean A₄₅₀ values were normalized to the mean of four maximum-binding controls (no competitor added)(B-MAX). The normalized values were subjected to a four parameter curve fit algorithm, [Robard et al., Int. Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, pp 469 (1977)], plotted on a semi-log scale, and the computed concentration corresponding to inhibition of 50% of the maximum binding of biotinylated vitronectin (IC₅₀) and corresponding R² was reported for those compounds exhibiting greater than 50% inhibition at the highest concentration tested; otherwise the IC₅₀ is reported as being greater than the highest concentration tested. β-[[2-[[5-[(aminoiminomethyl)amino]-1-oxopentyl]amino]-1-oxoethyl]amino]-3-pyridinepropanoic acid [U.S. Pat. No. 5,602,155 Example 1] which is a potent α_(v)β₃ antagonist (IC₅₀ in the range 3-10 nM) was included on each plate as a positive control.

Human Platelet Rich Plasma Assays

Healthy aspirin free donors were selected from a pool of volunteers. The harvesting of platelet rich plasma and subsequent ADP induced platelet aggregation assays were performed as described in Zucker, M. B., “Platelet Aggregation Measured by the Photometric Method”, Methods in Enzymology 169(1989):117-133. Standard venipuncture techniques using a butterfly allowed the withdrawal of 45 mL of whole blood into a 60 mL syringe containing 5 mL of 3.8% trisodium citrate. Following thorough mixing in the syringe, the anti-coagulated whole blood was transferred to a 50 mL conical polyethylene tube. The blood was centrifuged at room temperature for 12 minutes at 200×g to sediment non-platelet cells. Platelet rich plasma was removed to a polyethylene tube and stored at room temperature until used. Platelet poor plasma was obtained from a second centrifugation of the remaining blood at 2000×g for 15 minutes. Platelet counts are typically 300,000 to 500,000 per microliter. Platelet rich plasma (0.45 mL) was aliquoted into siliconized cuvettes and stirred (1100 rpm) at 37° C. for 1 minute prior to adding 50 uL of pre-diluted test compound. After 1 minute of mixing, aggregation was initiated by the addition of 50 uL of 200 uM ADP. Aggregation was recorded for 3 minutes in a Payton dual channel aggregometer (Payton Scientific, Buffalo, N.Y.). The percent inhibition of maximal response (saline control) for a series of test compound dilutions was used to determine a dose response curve. All compounds were tested in duplicate and the concentration of half-maximal inhibition (IC₅₀) was calculated graphically from the dose response curve for those compounds which exhibited 50% or greater inhibition at the highest concentration tested; otherwise, the IC₅₀ is reported as being greater than the highest concentration tested.

Cell Assays for Potency and Selectivity

While the β₃ subunit of α_(v)β₃ is only known to complex with α_(v) or α_(IIb), the α_(v) subunit complexes with multiple β? subunits. The three α_(v) integrins most homologous with α_(v)β₃ are α_(v)β₁, α_(v)β₅ and α_(v)β₆, with 43%, 56% and 47% amino acid identity in the β subunits, respectively. To evaluate the selectivity of compounds between the integrins α_(v)β₃ and α_(v)β₆, cell-based assays were established using the 293 human embryonic kidney cell line. 293 cells express α_(v)β₁, but little to no detectable α_(v)β₃ or α_(v)β₆. cDNAs for β₃ and β₆ were transfected separately into 293 cells to generate 293-β3 and 293-β6 cells, respectively. High surface expression of α_(v)β₃ and α_(v)β₆ was confirmed by flow cytometry. Conditions were established for each cell line in which cell adhesion to immobilized human vitronectin was mediated by the appropriate integrin, as determined by a panel of integrin-specific, neutralizing monoclonal antibodies. Briefly, cells were incubated with inhibitor in the presence of 200 uM Mn²⁺, allowed to adhere to immobilized vitronectin, washed, and adherent cells are detected endogenous alkaline phosphatase and para-nitrophenyl phosphate. An 8-point dose-response curve using either 10-fold or 3-fold dilutions of compound was evaluated by fitting a four-parameter logistic, nonlinear model (using SAS).

To evaluate compound potency for membrane-bound α_(v)β₆ an additional cell-based adhesion assay was established using the HT-29 human colon carcinoma cell line. High surface expression of α_(v)β₆ on HT-29 cells was confirmed by flow cytometry. Conditions were established in which cell adhesion to immobilized human latency associated peptide (LAP) was mediated by the α_(v)β₆, as determined by a panel of integrin-specific, neutralizing monoclonal antibodies. Briefly, cells were incubated with inhibitor in the presence of 200 uM Mn²⁺, allowed to adhere to immobilized LAP, washed, and adherent cells are detected by quantifying endogenous alkaline phosphatase using para-nitrophenyl phosphate. An 8-point dose-response curve using either 10-fold or 3-fold dilutions of compound was evaluated by fitting a four-parameter logistic, nonlinear model (using SAS). The compounds evaluated were relatively ineffective at inhibition of α_(v)β₆-mediated cell adhesion. The selective antagonism of the α_(v)β₃ integrin is viewed as desirable in this class of compounds, as α_(v)β₆ may also play a role in normal physiological processes of tissue repair and cellular turnover that routinely occur in the skin and pulmonary tissues.

The activity of the compounds of the present invention was tested in the following assays. Compounds of the present invention antagonize the α_(v)β₃ integrin with an IC₅₀ of 0.1 nM to 100 μM in the 293-cell assay. Similarly these compounds also antagonized the α_(v)β₅ integrin with an IC₅₀ of <50 μM in the cell adhesion assay. 

1. A compound selected from the group consisting of: (2-{4-[3-(1,4,5,6-Tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propoxy]phenyl}-cyclopropyl)acetic acid; [2-(4-{3-[(5-Hydroxy-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-yl)amino]propoxy}-phenyl)cyclopropyl]acetic acid; (2,2-Dimethyl-3-{3-[3-(1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propoxy]-phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid; and (2,2-Dimethyl-3-{4-[3-(1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propoxy]-phenyl}cyclopropyl)acetic acid trifluoroacetate.
 2. A method of treating an alpha-v beta-3-mediated condition in a subject in need thereof, wherein: the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1 to the subject; and the alpha-v beta-3-mediated condition is selected from the group consisting of angiogenesis, osteoporosis, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, smooth muscle cell migration, atherosclerosis, macular degeneration, and arthritis. 